]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/target.def
fix PR68343: disable fuse-*.c tests for isl 0.14 or earlier
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
CommitLineData
38f8b050 1/* Target hook definitions.
818ab71a 2 Copyright (C) 2001-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38f8b050
JR
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
acce4e77
JM
22/* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24#include "target-hooks-macros.h"
38f8b050 25
acce4e77
JM
26#undef HOOK_TYPE
27#define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
38f8b050 28
acce4e77 29HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
38f8b050
JR
30
31/* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35/* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36DEFHOOKPOD
37(open_paren,
673c2f63
JM
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
38f8b050
JR
41 const char *, "(")
42DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44/* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45DEFHOOKPOD
46(byte_op,
673c2f63
JM
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59@code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60\n\
61The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
38f8b050
JR
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
67
ad0c4c36
DD
68/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70DEFHOOK
71(label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73@code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
77
78/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80DEFHOOK
81(loop_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83@var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84defined.",
9158a0d8 85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
87
88/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90DEFHOOK
91(label_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94is defined.",
9158a0d8 95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
97
98/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100DEFHOOK
101(jump_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103@code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
107
38f8b050
JR
108/* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113DEFHOOK
114(integer,
673c2f63
JM
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120split the object into smaller parts.\n\
121\n\
122The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123@code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
38f8b050
JR
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
129
dc2af904
BS
130/* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132DEFHOOK
133(decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
138
38f8b050
JR
139/* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140DEFHOOK
141(globalize_label,
673c2f63
JM
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
145\n\
146The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147@code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
38f8b050
JR
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
150
151/* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152DEFHOOK
153(globalize_decl_name,
673c2f63
JM
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155@var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
157\n\
158The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
160
0d4b5b86
BS
161/* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162DEFHOOK
163(assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165@var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166@var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
170
38f8b050
JR
171/* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176DEFHOOK
177(emit_unwind_label,
673c2f63
JM
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
185\n\
186The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
38f8b050
JR
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
189
190/* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191DEFHOOK
192(emit_except_table_label,
673c2f63
JM
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195to be broken up according to function.\n\
196\n\
197The default is that no label is emitted.",
38f8b050
JR
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
200
a68b5e52
RH
201/* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202DEFHOOK
203(emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
209
38f8b050
JR
210/* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211DEFHOOK
212(unwind_emit,
673c2f63
JM
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
ac44248e 216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
2784ed9c 217 NULL)
38f8b050 218
3bc6b3e6
RH
219DEFHOOKPOD
220(unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
225
4ee3b013
JR
226/* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229(generate_internal_label,
230 "",
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
233
38f8b050
JR
234/* Output an internal label. */
235DEFHOOK
236(internal_label,
673c2f63
JM
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
239\n\
240It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
243\n\
244It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
249\n\
250The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
38f8b050
JR
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
253
254/* Output label for the constant. */
ad78130c 255DEFHOOK
38f8b050 256(declare_constant_name,
673c2f63
JM
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260@code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262will be an internal label.\n\
263\n\
264The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
266\n\
267You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
ad78130c 268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
38f8b050
JR
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
270
271/* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272DEFHOOK
273(ttype,
673c2f63
JM
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
38f8b050
JR
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
280
281/* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283DEFHOOK
284(assemble_visibility,
673c2f63
JM
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
38f8b050
JR
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
290
291/* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
292DEFHOOK
293(function_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
294 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
295function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
296initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
297saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
298local variables. @var{size} is an integer. @var{file} is a stdio\n\
299stream to which the assembler code should be output.\n\
300\n\
301The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
302macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
303\n\
304@findex regs_ever_live\n\
305To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
306@code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
307@var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
308prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
309call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
310@code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
311\n\
312On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
313not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
314they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
315appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
316registers are used in the function.\n\
317\n\
318@findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
319On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
320function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
321pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
322frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
323@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
324time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
325\n\
326The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
327required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
328listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
329order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
330stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
331the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
332for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
333compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
334or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
335need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
38f8b050
JR
336 void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
337 default_function_pro_epilogue)
338
339/* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
340DEFHOOK
341(function_end_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
342 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
343prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
344emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
345emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
346 void, (FILE *file),
347 no_asm_to_stream)
348
349/* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
350DEFHOOK
351(function_begin_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
352 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
353epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
354emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
355emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
356 void, (FILE *file),
357 no_asm_to_stream)
358
359/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
360DEFHOOK
361(function_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
362 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
363function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
364registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
365called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
366same arguments as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
367registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
368@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
369\n\
370On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
371of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
372instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
373@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
374\n\
375Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
376@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
377switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
378define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
379target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
380condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
381\n\
382On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
383function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
384two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
385is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
386@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
387a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
388\n\
389Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
390@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
391The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
392function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
393\n\
394On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
395others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
396given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
397number of arguments.\n\
398\n\
399@findex pops_args\n\
400@findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
401Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
402functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
403needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
404function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
405@code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
38f8b050
JR
406 void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
407 default_function_pro_epilogue)
408
409/* Initialize target-specific sections. */
410DEFHOOK
411(init_sections,
673c2f63
JM
412 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
413@file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
414of its own that you need to create.\n\
415\n\
416GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
417any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
418described below.",
38f8b050
JR
419 void, (void),
420 hook_void_void)
421
422/* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
423 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
424 which this section is associated. */
425DEFHOOK
426(named_section,
673c2f63
JM
427 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
428should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
429of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
430is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
431this section is associated.",
38f8b050
JR
432 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
433 default_no_named_section)
434
f16d3f39
JH
435/* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
436 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
437 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
438 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
439 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
440 (from static destructors).
441 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
442DEFHOOK
443(function_section,
673c2f63
JM
444 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
445Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
446functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
447at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
448@var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
449(from static destructors).\n\
450Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
f16d3f39
JH
451 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
452 default_function_section)
453
14d11d40
IS
454/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
455DEFHOOK
456(function_switched_text_sections,
457 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
458 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
459 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
460 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
461 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
462 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
463 default_function_switched_text_sections)
464
38f8b050
JR
465/* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
466 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
467 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
468 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
469DEFHOOK
470(reloc_rw_mask,
673c2f63
JM
471 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
472selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
473should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
474local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
475\n\
476The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
477is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
478when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
479in read-only sections even in executables.",
38f8b050
JR
480 int, (void),
481 default_reloc_rw_mask)
482
483 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
484 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
485 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
486 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
487DEFHOOK
488(select_section,
673c2f63
JM
489 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
490assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
491some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
492requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
493local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
494@var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
495\n\
496The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
497variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
498\n\
499See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
38f8b050
JR
500 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
501 default_select_section)
502
503/* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
504 alignment in bits. */
505DEFHOOK
506(select_rtx_section,
673c2f63
JM
507 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
508should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
509constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
510case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
511in bits.\n\
512\n\
513The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
514constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
515else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
ef4bddc2 516 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
38f8b050
JR
517 default_select_rtx_section)
518
519/* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
520 for SELECT_SECTION. */
521DEFHOOK
522(unique_section,
673c2f63
JM
523 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
524and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
525As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
526the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
527\n\
528The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
529ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
530example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
531Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
38f8b050
JR
532 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
533 default_unique_section)
534
535/* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
536DEFHOOK
537(function_rodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
538 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
539@samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
540The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
541the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
542if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
543otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
544 section *, (tree decl),
545 default_function_rodata_section)
546
727a65e6
BS
547/* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
548 for mergeable data sections. */
549DEFHOOKPOD
550(mergeable_rodata_prefix,
551 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
552section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
553the string if a different section name should be used.",
554 const char *, ".rodata")
555
50b0b78a
IS
556/* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
557DEFHOOK
558(tm_clone_table_section,
559 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
560 tables.",
561 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
562
38f8b050
JR
563/* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
564DEFHOOK
565(constructor,
673c2f63
JM
566 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
567the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
568\n\
569Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
570no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
571priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
572otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
573\n\
574If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
575be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
576target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
577is not defined.",
38f8b050
JR
578 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
579
580/* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
581DEFHOOK
582(destructor,
673c2f63
JM
583 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
584functions rather than initialization functions.",
38f8b050
JR
585 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
586
587/* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
588 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
589 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
590 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
591 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
592DEFHOOK
593(output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
594 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
595function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
596inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
597adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
598the real function.\n\
599\n\
600First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
601contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
602contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
603in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
604e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
605all other incoming arguments.\n\
606\n\
607Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
608made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
609adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
610\n\
611@smallexample\n\
612p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
613@end smallexample\n\
614\n\
615After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
616@code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
617not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
618return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
619\n\
620The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
621the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
622of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
623and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
624\n\
625The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
626have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
627some targets, but probably not.\n\
628\n\
629If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
630front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
631@var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
632not support varargs.",
38f8b050
JR
633 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
634 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
635 NULL)
636
637/* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
638/* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
639 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
640 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
641 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
642 text to the output file. */
643DEFHOOK
644(can_output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
645 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
646to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
647arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
648generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
649previously exposed.",
38f8b050
JR
650 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
651 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
652 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
653
654/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
655 translation unit. */
656DEFHOOK
657(file_start,
673c2f63
JM
658 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
659find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
660by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
661quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
662@code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
663lets other target files rely on these variables.",
38f8b050
JR
664 void, (void),
665 default_file_start)
666
667/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
668DEFHOOK
669(file_end,
673c2f63
JM
670 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
671to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
672 void, (void),
673 hook_void_void)
674
675/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
676 LTO output stream. */
677DEFHOOK
678(lto_start,
673c2f63
JM
679 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
680to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
681nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
682 void, (void),
683 hook_void_void)
684
685/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
686 LTO output stream. */
687DEFHOOK
688(lto_end,
673c2f63
JM
689 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
690to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
691nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
692 void, (void),
693 hook_void_void)
694
695/* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
696 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
697DEFHOOK
698(code_end,
673c2f63
JM
699 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
700unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
701here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
702because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
703nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
704 void, (void),
705 hook_void_void)
706
707/* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
708 external. */
709DEFHOOK
710(external_libcall,
673c2f63
JM
711 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
712pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
713library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
38f8b050
JR
714 void, (rtx symref),
715 default_external_libcall)
716
717/* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
718 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
719DEFHOOK
720(mark_decl_preserved,
673c2f63
JM
721 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
722directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
723.no_dead_code_strip directive.",
38f8b050
JR
724 void, (const char *symbol),
725 hook_void_constcharptr)
726
727/* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
728DEFHOOK
729(record_gcc_switches,
673c2f63
JM
730 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
731switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
732enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
733It can take the following values:\n\
734\n\
735@table @gcctabopt\n\
736@item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
737@var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
738\n\
739@item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
740@var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
741direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
742default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
743command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
744various different individual optimization passes.\n\
745\n\
746@item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
747@var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
748ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
749target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
750time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
751warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
752wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
753necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
754perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
755switches.\n\
756\n\
757@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
758This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
759\n\
760@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
761This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
762@end table\n\
763\n\
764The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
765supported in the future.\n\
766\n\
767By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
768provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
769it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
770section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
771provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
772hook.",
38f8b050
JR
773 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
774 NULL)
775
776/* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
777 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
778 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
779 this information. */
780DEFHOOKPOD
781(record_gcc_switches_section,
673c2f63
JM
782 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
783ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
784hook.",
38f8b050
JR
785 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
786
787/* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
788DEFHOOK
789(output_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
790 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
791@code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
792The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
793of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
794\n\
795If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
796it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
797If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
798is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
38f8b050
JR
799 void, (rtx x),
800 default_asm_output_anchor)
801
a8781821
SB
802DEFHOOK
803(output_ident,
804 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
805 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
806 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
807 directive.",
808 void, (const char *name),
809 hook_void_constcharptr)
810
38f8b050
JR
811/* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
812DEFHOOK
813(output_dwarf_dtprel,
673c2f63
JM
814 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
815reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
38f8b050
JR
816 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
817 NULL)
818
819/* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
820DEFHOOK
821(final_postscan_insn,
673c2f63
JM
822 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
823output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
824if necessary.\n\
825\n\
826Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
827extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
828elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
829The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
830template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
831by checking the contents of the vector.",
ac44248e 832 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
38f8b050
JR
833 NULL)
834
835/* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
836DEFHOOK
837(trampoline_template,
673c2f63
JM
838 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
839on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
840the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
841label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
842\n\
843If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
844for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
845code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
846to generate it on the spot.",
38f8b050
JR
847 void, (FILE *f),
848 NULL)
849
b5f5d41d
AS
850DEFHOOK
851(output_source_filename,
852 "Output COFF information or DWARF debugging information which indicates\
853 that filename @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio\
854 stream @var{file}.\n\
855 \n\
856 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
857 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
858 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
859 default_asm_output_source_filename)
860
6cbd8875
AS
861DEFHOOK
862(output_addr_const_extra,
673c2f63
JM
863 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
864can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
865the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
866@code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
867\n\
868If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
869so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
870itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
871return @code{true}.",
6cbd8875 872 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
e1267133 873 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
6cbd8875 874
38f8b050
JR
875/* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
876 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
877 initializers. */
878#undef HOOK_PREFIX
879#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
880
881/* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
4d00d5dd
JR
882/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
883 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
38f8b050
JR
884DEFHOOK_UNDOC
885(print_operand,
886 "",
887 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
888 default_print_operand)
889
890/* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
4d00d5dd
JR
891/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
892 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
38f8b050
JR
893DEFHOOK_UNDOC
894(print_operand_address,
895 "",
cc8ca59e 896 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
38f8b050
JR
897 default_print_operand_address)
898
899/* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
900 `print_operand' hook. */
4d00d5dd
JR
901/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
902 not this hook. */
38f8b050
JR
903DEFHOOK_UNDOC
904(print_operand_punct_valid_p,
905 "",
906 bool ,(unsigned char code),
907 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
908
77754180
DK
909/* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
910 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
911DEFHOOK
912(mangle_assembler_name,
913 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
914 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
915 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
916 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
917 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
918 tree, (const char *name),
919 default_mangle_assembler_name)
920
38f8b050
JR
921HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
922
923/* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
924 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
925#undef HOOK_PREFIX
926#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
927HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
928
929/* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
930 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
931 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
932DEFHOOK
933(adjust_cost,
673c2f63
JM
934 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
935relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through the\n\
936dependence @var{link}. It should return the new value. The default\n\
937is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be used for example\n\
938to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline description\n\
939that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost as a\n\
940data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
941description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
942output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
943times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
944acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
945@pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
ac44248e 946 int, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx link, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
947
948/* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
949DEFHOOK
950(adjust_priority,
673c2f63
JM
951 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
952@var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
953execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
954later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
955scheduling priorities of insns.",
ac44248e 956 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
957
958/* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
959 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
960 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
961DEFHOOK
962(issue_rate,
673c2f63
JM
963 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
964issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
965Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
966an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
967constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
968hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
969This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
970it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
971@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
38f8b050
JR
972 int, (void), NULL)
973
974/* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
975 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
976DEFHOOK
977(variable_issue,
673c2f63
JM
978 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
979from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
980still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
981@samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
982@code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
983You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
984than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
985@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
986debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
987@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
988was scheduled.",
ac44248e 989 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
990
991/* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
992DEFHOOK
993(init,
673c2f63
JM
994 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
995instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
996pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
997is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
998@var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
999region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1000scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
38f8b050
JR
1001 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1002
1003/* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1004DEFHOOK
1005(finish,
673c2f63
JM
1006 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1007instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1008cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1009is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1010to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1011@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1012 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1013
1014 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1015DEFHOOK
1016(init_global,
673c2f63
JM
1017 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1018@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1019@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1020@var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
38f8b050
JR
1021 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1022
1023/* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1024DEFHOOK
1025(finish_global,
673c2f63
JM
1026 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1027@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1028@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1029 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1030
1031/* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1032 places. Default does nothing. */
1033DEFHOOK
1034(reorder,
673c2f63
JM
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1036list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1037combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1038@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1039debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1040@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1041list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1042a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1043reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1044@var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1045is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1046the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1047can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1048@samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
ce1ce33a 1049 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1050
1051DEFHOOK
1052(reorder2,
673c2f63
JM
1053 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1054function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1055is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1056@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1057return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1058this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1059scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1060cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
ce1ce33a 1061 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050 1062
0dc41f28
WM
1063DEFHOOK
1064(macro_fusion_p,
1065 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1066 bool, (void), NULL)
1067
1068DEFHOOK
1069(macro_fusion_pair_p,
892d9879
KT
1070 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1071a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1072(@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1073group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1074two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1075validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1076 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
0dc41f28 1077
38f8b050
JR
1078/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1079 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1080 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1081DEFHOOK
1082(dependencies_evaluation_hook,
673c2f63
JM
1083 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1084chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1085correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1086example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1087analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1088dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1089calculated.",
ce1ce33a 1090 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1091
1092/* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1093 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1094 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1095 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1096 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1097 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1098 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1099 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1100 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1101
1102DEFHOOK
1103(init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63 1104 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1105 void, (void), NULL)
1106
1107DEFHOOK
1108(dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1109 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1110pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1111when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1112simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1113processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1114based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1115when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
38f8b050
JR
1116 rtx, (void), NULL)
1117
1118DEFHOOK
1119(init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1120 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1121used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1122 void, (void), NULL)
1123
1124DEFHOOK
1125(dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1126 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1127to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1128simulated processor cycle finishes.",
ac44248e 1129 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1130
1131/* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1132 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1133 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1134 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1135
1136DEFHOOK
1137(dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1138 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1139The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1140to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1141state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1142 void, (void), NULL)
1143
1144DEFHOOK
1145(dfa_post_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1146 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1147The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1148to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1149state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1150 void, (void), NULL)
1151
1152/* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1153 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1154 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1155 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1156 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1157 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1158 insns on the same cycle. */
1159DEFHOOK
1160(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
673c2f63
JM
1161 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1162for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1163chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1164value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1165@samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1166subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1167maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1168@acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1169packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1170rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1171\n\
1172This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1173processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1174with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1175@var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1176@var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1177processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1178@var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1179until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1180the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1181\n\
1182Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1183pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1184schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1185\n\
1186The default is no multipass scheduling.",
38f8b050
JR
1187 int, (void), NULL)
1188
1189/* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1190 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1191 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1192 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1193DEFHOOK
1194(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
673c2f63
JM
1195 "\n\
1196This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1197considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
4960a0cb
MK
1198zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1199Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1200the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1201Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1202number of cycles.\n\
1203Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1204instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1205to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
673c2f63
JM
1206\n\
1207The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
ac44248e 1208 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
38f8b050 1209
894fd6f2
MK
1210/* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1211 scheduling.
1212 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1213 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1214 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1215 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1216 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1217 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1218 scheduling on current cycle. */
1219DEFHOOK
1220(first_cycle_multipass_begin,
673c2f63
JM
1221 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1222scheduling.",
4960a0cb 1223 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
894fd6f2
MK
1224 NULL)
1225
1226/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1227 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1228 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1229 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1230 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1231 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1232 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1233 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1234 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
073a8998 1235 to a state before issuing INSN. */
894fd6f2
MK
1236DEFHOOK
1237(first_cycle_multipass_issue,
673c2f63 1238 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
ac44248e 1239 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
894fd6f2
MK
1240 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1241
1242/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1243 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1244 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1245 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1246 described in DFA.
1247 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1248 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1249 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1250 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1251DEFHOOK
1252(first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
673c2f63
JM
1253 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1254an instruction.",
4960a0cb 1255 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
894fd6f2
MK
1256
1257/* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1258 round of multipass scheduling.
1259 DATA is a pointer.
1260 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1261 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1262 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1263 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1264 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1265DEFHOOK
1266(first_cycle_multipass_end,
673c2f63
JM
1267 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1268round of multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1269 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1270
1271/* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1272 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1273 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1274 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1275 described in DFA. */
1276DEFHOOK
1277(first_cycle_multipass_init,
673c2f63 1278 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1279 void, (void *data), NULL)
1280
1281/* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1282 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1283 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1284 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1285 described in DFA. */
1286DEFHOOK
1287(first_cycle_multipass_fini,
673c2f63 1288 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1289 void, (void *data), NULL)
1290
38f8b050
JR
1291/* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1292 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1293 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1294 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1295 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1296 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1297 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1298 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1299 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1300 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1301 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
c06bbdf7 1302DEFHOOK
38f8b050 1303(dfa_new_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1304 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1305on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1306@var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1307the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1308is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1309start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1310verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1311@var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1312processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1313and the current processor cycle.",
ac44248e 1314 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
c06bbdf7 1315 int clock, int *sort_p),
38f8b050
JR
1316 NULL)
1317
1318/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1319 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1320 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1321 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1322 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1323 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1324 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1325 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1326 second insn (second parameter). */
1327DEFHOOK
1328(is_costly_dependence,
673c2f63
JM
1329 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1330the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1331are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1332to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1333being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1334dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1335parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1336The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1337insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1338and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1339\n\
1340Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1341where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1342delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1343that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1344important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1345closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1346not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
38f8b050
JR
1347 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1348
1349DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1350(adjust_cost_2,
1351 "Given the current cost, @var{cost}, of an insn, @var{insn}, calculate and\
1352 return a new cost based on its relationship to @var{dep_insn} through the\
1353 dependence of weakness @var{dw}. The default is to make no adjustment.",
ac44248e
DM
1354 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
1355 unsigned int dw),
1356 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1357
1358/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1359 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1360 that new instructions were emitted. */
1361DEFHOOK
1362(h_i_d_extended,
673c2f63
JM
1363 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1364the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1365per instruction data structures.",
38f8b050
JR
1366 void, (void), NULL)
1367
1368/* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1369
1370/* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1371DEFHOOK
1372(alloc_sched_context,
673c2f63 1373 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
38f8b050
JR
1374 void *, (void), NULL)
1375
1376/* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1377DEFHOOK
1378(init_sched_context,
673c2f63
JM
1379 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1380It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1381beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1382 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1383
1384/* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1385DEFHOOK
1386(set_sched_context,
673c2f63 1387 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
38f8b050
JR
1388 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1389
1390/* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1391DEFHOOK
1392(clear_sched_context,
673c2f63 1393 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1394 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1395
1396/* Frees the scheduler context. */
1397DEFHOOK
1398(free_sched_context,
673c2f63 1399 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1400 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1401
1402/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1403 by the insn scheduler.
1404 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1405 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1406 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1407 It should return
1408 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1409 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1410 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1411 generated one. */
1412DEFHOOK
1413(speculate_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1414 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1415speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1416The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1417version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1418pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1419or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1420speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1421the generated speculative pattern.",
ac44248e 1422 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1423
1424/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1425 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1426 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1427DEFHOOK
1428(needs_block_p,
673c2f63
JM
1429 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1430for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1431instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
8e90de43 1432 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1433
1434/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1435 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1436 instruction.
1437 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1438 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
8e90de43
SB
1439 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1440 is being performed. */
38f8b050
JR
1441DEFHOOK
1442(gen_spec_check,
673c2f63
JM
1443 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1444check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1445speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1446@var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1447be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1448recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1449a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1450@var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
ac44248e 1451 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
38f8b050 1452
38f8b050
JR
1453/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1454 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1455 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1456DEFHOOK
1457(set_sched_flags,
673c2f63
JM
1458 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1459enabled/used.\n\
1460The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1461The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
38f8b050
JR
1462 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1463
1464DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1465(get_insn_spec_ds,
1466 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 1467 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1468
1469DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1470(get_insn_checked_ds,
1471 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
ac44248e 1472 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1473
1474DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1475(skip_rtx_p,
1476 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1477 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1478 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1479
1480/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1481 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1482 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1483 to ddg variable. */
1484DEFHOOK
1485(sms_res_mii,
673c2f63
JM
1486 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1487resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1488the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1489backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1490bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1491of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
38f8b050
JR
1492 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1493
7942e47e
RY
1494/* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1495 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1496 parameters. */
1497DEFHOOK
1498(dispatch_do,
673c2f63
JM
1499"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1500in its second parameter.",
ac44248e
DM
1501void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1502hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
7942e47e
RY
1503
1504/* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1505 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1506 as the second parameter is true. */
1507DEFHOOK
1508(dispatch,
673c2f63
JM
1509"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1510is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
ac44248e
DM
1511bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1512hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
7942e47e 1513
b0bd15f7
BS
1514DEFHOOKPOD
1515(exposed_pipeline,
1516"True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1517the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1518also the latencies of operations.",
1519bool, false)
1520
df7b0cc4
EI
1521/* The following member value is a function that returns number
1522 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1523 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1524DEFHOOK
1525(reassociation_width,
1526"This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1527parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
ef4bddc2 1528int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
df7b0cc4
EI
1529hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1530
b16abbcb
BC
1531/* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1532 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1533DEFHOOK
1534(fusion_priority,
1535"This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1536priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1537are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1538\n\
1539@var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1540@var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1541@var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1542fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1543@var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1544should be calculated and returned.\n\
1545\n\
1546Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1547be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1548instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1549sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1550scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1551should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1552false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1553scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1554instructions.\n\
1555\n\
1556Given below example:\n\
1557\n\
51be4977 1558@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1559 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1560 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1561 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1562 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1563 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1564 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1565 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1566 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1567@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1568\n\
1569On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1570merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1571loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1572this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1573instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1574\n\
51be4977
BC
1575@smallexample\n\
1576 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1577 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1578 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1579 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1580 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1581 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1582 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1583 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1584@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1585\n\
1586Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1587to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1588pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1589\n\
51be4977 1590@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1591 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1592 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1593 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1594 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1595 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1596 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1597 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1598 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1599@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1600\n\
1601Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1602\n\
1603Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1604work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1605\n\
1606This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1607the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1608void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1609
38f8b050
JR
1610HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1611
0136f8f0
AH
1612/* Functions relating to OpenMP and Cilk Plus SIMD clones. */
1613#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1614#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1615HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1616
1617DEFHOOK
1618(compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1619"This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1620fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1621@var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1622The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1623or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1624int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1625
1626DEFHOOK
1627(adjust,
1628"This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1629to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1630void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1631
1632DEFHOOK
1633(usable,
1634"This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1635in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1636usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1637to use it.",
1638int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1639
1640HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1641
94829f87
NS
1642/* Functions relating to openacc. */
1643#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1644#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1645HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1646
1647DEFHOOK
1648(validate_dims,
1649"This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1650compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1651and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1652function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1653outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. It\n\
1654should fill in anything that needs to default to non-unity and verify\n\
1655non-defaults. Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1656true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1657provide dimensions larger than 1.",
6e91acf8 1658bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
94829f87
NS
1659default_goacc_validate_dims)
1660
bd751975
NS
1661DEFHOOK
1662(dim_limit,
1663"This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1664or zero if unbounded.",
1665int, (int axis),
1666default_goacc_dim_limit)
1667
6e91acf8
NS
1668DEFHOOK
1669(fork_join,
9bd46bc9
NS
1670"This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1671function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1672should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1673It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1674return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1675gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1676The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
6e91acf8
NS
1677bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1678default_goacc_fork_join)
1679
e5014671
NS
1680DEFHOOK
1681(reduction,
1682"This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1683@var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1684instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1685the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1686expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1687for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1688void, (gcall *call),
1689default_goacc_reduction)
1690
94829f87
NS
1691HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1692
38f8b050
JR
1693/* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1694#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1695#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1696HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1697
1698/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1699 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1700 function. */
1701DEFHOOK
1702(builtin_mask_for_load,
673c2f63
JM
1703 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1704address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1705used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1706@var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1707\n\
1708The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1709@var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1710the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1711@code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1712two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1713@var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1714the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1715from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1716@var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1717@var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1718@var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1719\n\
1720If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1721to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1722use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1723@code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1724should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1725described above.\n\
1726If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1727the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1728log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
38f8b050
JR
1729 tree, (void), NULL)
1730
10766209
RS
1731/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1732 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
38f8b050
JR
1733DEFHOOK
1734(builtin_vectorized_function,
673c2f63 1735 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
10766209 1736vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
673c2f63 1737@var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
10766209
RS
1738The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1739@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1740 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1741 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1742
1743/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1744 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1745DEFHOOK
1746(builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1747 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1748vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
673c2f63
JM
1749return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1750@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
38f8b050 1751 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
10766209 1752 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
38f8b050
JR
1753
1754/* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1755 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1756DEFHOOK
1757(builtin_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
1758 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1759input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1760The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1761specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1762(truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1763\n\
1764If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1765@code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1766conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1767 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1768 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1769
720f5239
IR
1770/* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1771 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1772 on the data type and misalignment value. */
38f8b050
JR
1773DEFHOOK
1774(builtin_vectorization_cost,
673c2f63
JM
1775 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1776For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1777misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
720f5239 1778 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
38f8b050
JR
1779 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1780
1781/* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1782 iterations) for the given type. */
1783DEFHOOK
1784(vector_alignment_reachable,
673c2f63 1785 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given type.",
38f8b050
JR
1786 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1787 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1788
22e4dee7
RH
1789/* Return true if a vector created for vec_perm_const is valid.
1790 A NULL indicates that all constants are valid permutations. */
38f8b050 1791DEFHOOK
5a3c0068 1792(vec_perm_const_ok,
673c2f63 1793 "Return true if a vector created for @code{vec_perm_const} is valid.",
ef4bddc2 1794 bool, (machine_mode, const unsigned char *sel),
22e4dee7 1795 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1796
1797/* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1798 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1799 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1800DEFHOOK
1801(support_vector_misalignment,
673c2f63
JM
1802 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1803store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1804parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1805the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1806parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
38f8b050 1807 bool,
ef4bddc2 1808 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
38f8b050
JR
1809 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1810
cc4b5170
RG
1811/* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1812 scalar mode. */
26983c22 1813DEFHOOK
cc4b5170 1814(preferred_simd_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1815 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1816mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1817equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1818transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
ef4bddc2
RS
1819 machine_mode,
1820 (machine_mode mode),
cc4b5170 1821 default_preferred_simd_mode)
26983c22 1822
767f865f
RG
1823/* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1824 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1825DEFHOOK
1826(autovectorize_vector_sizes,
673c2f63
JM
1827 "This hook should return a mask of sizes that should be iterated over\n\
1828after trying to autovectorize using the vector size derived from the\n\
1829mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1830The default is zero which means to not iterate over other vector sizes.",
767f865f
RG
1831 unsigned int,
1832 (void),
1833 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1834
9f47c7e5
IE
1835/* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1836DEFHOOK
1837(get_mask_mode,
1838 "This hook returns mode to be used for a mask to be used for a vector\n\
1839of specified @var{length} with @var{nunits} elements. By default an integer\n\
1840vector mode of a proper size is returned.",
1841 machine_mode,
1842 (unsigned nunits, unsigned length),
1843 default_get_mask_mode)
1844
aec7ae7d
JJ
1845/* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1846DEFHOOK
1847(builtin_gather,
673c2f63
JM
1848 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1849is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1850the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1851The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1852loads.",
aec7ae7d
JJ
1853 tree,
1854 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1855 NULL)
1856
3bab6342
AT
1857/* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1858DEFHOOK
1859(builtin_scatter,
1860"Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1861is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1862the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1863The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1864stores.",
1865 tree,
1866 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1867 NULL)
1868
c3e7ee41
BS
1869/* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1870DEFHOOK
1871(init_cost,
1872 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1873 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
92345349
BS
1874 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1875 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1876 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1877 "is being vectorized.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1878 void *,
1879 (struct loop *loop_info),
1880 default_init_cost)
1881
1882/* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
92345349
BS
1883 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1884 block. */
c3e7ee41
BS
1885DEFHOOK
1886(add_stmt_cost,
1887 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
92345349
BS
1888 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1889 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1890 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1891 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1892 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1893 "revised.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1894 unsigned,
1895 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
92345349
BS
1896 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1897 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
c3e7ee41
BS
1898 default_add_stmt_cost)
1899
1900/* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1901 loop or block. */
1902DEFHOOK
1903(finish_cost,
1904 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
92345349
BS
1905 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1906 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1907 "the three accumulators.",
1908 void,
1909 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
1910 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
c3e7ee41
BS
1911 default_finish_cost)
1912
1913/* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
1914DEFHOOK
1915(destroy_cost_data,
1916 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
1917 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
1918 "accumulator.",
1919 void,
1920 (void *data),
1921 default_destroy_cost_data)
1922
38f8b050
JR
1923HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
1924
1925#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1926#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
1927
ec6fe917
IV
1928DEFHOOK
1929(record_offload_symbol,
1930 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
1931sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
1932recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
1933 void, (tree),
1934 hook_void_tree)
1935
6d2b7199
BS
1936DEFHOOKPOD
1937(absolute_biggest_alignment,
1938 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
1939that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
1940@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
1941 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
1942
38f8b050
JR
1943/* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
1944 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
1945 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
1946DEFHOOK
1947(override_options_after_change,
673c2f63
JM
1948 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
1949but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
1950pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
1951attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
1952when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
1953actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
1954@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1955 void, (void),
1956 hook_void_void)
1957
c713ddc0
BS
1958DEFHOOK
1959(offload_options,
1960 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
1961translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
1962into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
1963to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
1964separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
1965char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
1966
38f8b050
JR
1967DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1968(eh_return_filter_mode,
1969 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
ef4bddc2 1970 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1971 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
1972
1973/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
1974DEFHOOK
1975(libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1976 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
1977of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
1978@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
1979targets.",
ef4bddc2 1980 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1981 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
1982
1983/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
1984DEFHOOK
1985(libgcc_shift_count_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1986 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
1987of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
1988@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
1989targets.",
ef4bddc2 1990 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1991 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
1992
1993/* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
1994DEFHOOK
1995(unwind_word_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1996 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
1997The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
ef4bddc2 1998 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1999 default_unwind_word_mode)
2000
2001/* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2002DEFHOOK
2003(merge_decl_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2004 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2005handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2006@code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2007@var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2008when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2009attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2010call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2011\n\
2012@findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2013If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2014for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2015@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2016will then define a function called\n\
2017@code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2018the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2019add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2020to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2021@samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2022@file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
38f8b050
JR
2023 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2024 merge_decl_attributes)
2025
2026/* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2027DEFHOOK
2028(merge_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2029 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2030handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2031@code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2032that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2033function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2034merging.",
38f8b050
JR
2035 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2036 merge_type_attributes)
2037
2038/* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2039 Ignored if NULL. */
2040DEFHOOKPOD
2041(attribute_table,
673c2f63 2042 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
15ab4e1e 2043attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
673c2f63
JM
2044specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2045entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2046take.",
38f8b050
JR
2047 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2048
2049/* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2050 argument. */
2051DEFHOOK
2052(attribute_takes_identifier_p,
673c2f63
JM
2053 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2054machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2055given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2056subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2057false for all machine-specific attributes.",
38f8b050
JR
2058 bool, (const_tree name),
2059 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2060
2061/* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2062 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2063 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2064DEFHOOK
2065(comp_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2066 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2067@var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2068and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2069generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2070supposed always to be compatible.",
38f8b050
JR
2071 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2072 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2073
2074/* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2075DEFHOOK
2076(set_default_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2077 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2078the newly defined @var{type}.",
38f8b050
JR
2079 void, (tree type),
2080 hook_void_tree)
2081
2082/* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2083DEFHOOK
2084(insert_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2085 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2086when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2087wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2088the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2089created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2090for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2091shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2092the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2093attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2094needed.",
38f8b050
JR
2095 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2096 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2097
2098/* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2099 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2100DEFHOOK
2101(function_attribute_inlinable_p,
673c2f63 2102 "@cindex inlining\n\
5bd40ade 2103This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
673c2f63
JM
2104into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2105attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2106target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
38f8b050
JR
2107 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2108 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2109
2110/* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2111 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2112DEFHOOK
2113(ms_bitfield_layout_p,
673c2f63
JM
2114 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2115@var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2116Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2117unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2118different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2119alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2120bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2121the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2122(iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2123another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2124other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2125\n\
2126When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2127of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2128bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2129and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2130chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2131size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2132alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2133\n\
2134If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2135the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2136used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2137precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2138may affect its placement.",
38f8b050
JR
2139 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2140 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2141
2e681adf
JR
2142/* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2143 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2144 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2145DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2146(words_big_endian,
2147 "",
2148 bool, (void),
2149 targhook_words_big_endian)
2150
2151/* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2152DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2153(float_words_big_endian,
2154 "",
2155 bool, (void),
2156 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2157
9193fb05
JM
2158DEFHOOK
2159(float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2160 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2161 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2162 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2163 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2164 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2165 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2166 does not.",
2167 bool, (void),
2168 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2169
38f8b050
JR
2170/* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2171DEFHOOK
2172(decimal_float_supported_p,
673c2f63 2173 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
38f8b050
JR
2174 bool, (void),
2175 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2176
2177/* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2178DEFHOOK
2179(fixed_point_supported_p,
673c2f63 2180 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
38f8b050
JR
2181 bool, (void),
2182 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2183
2184/* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2185DEFHOOK
2186(align_anon_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2187 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2188whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2189structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2190the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
38f8b050
JR
2191 bool, (void),
2192 hook_bool_void_false)
2193
2194/* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2195 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2196DEFHOOK
2197(narrow_volatile_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2198 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2199should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2200these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2201\n\
7d0b9a9c 2202The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
2203 bool, (void),
2204 hook_bool_void_false)
2205
2206/* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2207DEFHOOK
2208(init_builtins,
673c2f63
JM
2209 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2210that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2211necessary setup.\n\
2212\n\
2213Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2214instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2215they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2216instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2217\n\
2218To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2219@code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2220which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2221up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2222only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2223@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
38f8b050
JR
2224 void, (void),
2225 hook_void_void)
2226
2227/* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2228 built-in function decl for CODE.
2229 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2230 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2231DEFHOOK
2232(builtin_decl,
673c2f63
JM
2233 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2234that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2235builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2236If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2237if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2238If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2239@code{error_mark_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
2240 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2241
2242/* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2243DEFHOOK
2244(expand_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2245 "\n\
2246Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2247@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2248function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2249convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2250@var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2251@var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2252ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2253built-in function.",
38f8b050 2254 rtx,
ef4bddc2 2255 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2256 default_expand_builtin)
2257
d5e254e1
IE
2258DEFHOOK
2259(builtin_chkp_function,
2260 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2261Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2262fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2263passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2264obtained using this hook:\n\
2265@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2266Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2267by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2268bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2269@end deftypefn\n\
2270\n\
2271@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2272Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2273by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2274when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2275@end deftypefn\n\
2276\n\
2277@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2278Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2279by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2280address @var{loc}.\n\
2281@end deftypefn\n\
2282\n\
2283@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2284Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2285by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2286lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2287@end deftypefn\n\
2288\n\
2289@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2290Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2291by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2292upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2293@end deftypefn\n\
2294\n\
2295@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2296Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2297by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2298@var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2299@end deftypefn\n\
2300\n\
2301@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2302Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2303returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2304@end deftypefn\n\
2305\n\
2306@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2307Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2308returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2309[@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2310@end deftypefn\n\
2311\n\
2312@deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2313Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2314returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2315@code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2316Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2317(e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2318@end deftypefn\n\
2319\n\
2320@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2321Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2322returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2323@end deftypefn\n\
2324\n\
2325@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2326Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2327returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2328@end deftypefn",
2329 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2330 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2331
2332DEFHOOK
2333(chkp_bound_type,
2334 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2335 tree, (void),
2336 default_chkp_bound_type)
2337
2338DEFHOOK
2339(chkp_bound_mode,
2340 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
2341 enum machine_mode, (void),
2342 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2343
2344DEFHOOK
2345(chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2346 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2347with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2348 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2349 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2350
2351DEFHOOK
2352(chkp_initialize_bounds,
2353 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2354bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2355the number of generated statements.",
2356 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2357 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2358
38f8b050
JR
2359/* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2360 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2361 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2362 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2363 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
d66f5459 2364DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2365(resolve_overloaded_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2366 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2367was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2368@emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2369implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2370declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2371arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2372complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2373another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2374@var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
d66f5459 2375 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
38f8b050 2376
ea679d55
JG
2377/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2378 and GENERIC. */
08914aaa 2379DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2380(fold_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2381 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2382@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2383built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2384the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2385The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2386containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2387@var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
08914aaa 2388 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2389 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2390
ea679d55
JG
2391/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2392DEFHOOK
2393(gimple_fold_builtin,
2394 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2395by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2396statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2397was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2398 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2399 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2400
3649b9b7
ST
2401/* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2402 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2403 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2404 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2405 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2406 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2407 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2408 and 0 if they are the same. */
2409DEFHOOK
2410(compare_version_priority,
673c2f63
JM
2411 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2412determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2413during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2414versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2415is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2416 the two function decls that will be compared.",
3649b9b7
ST
2417 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2418
2419/* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2420 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2421 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2422 must be generated. */
2423DEFHOOK
2424(generate_version_dispatcher_body,
673c2f63
JM
2425 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2426function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2427@var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2428body must be generated.",
3649b9b7
ST
2429 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2430
2431/* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2432 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2433 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2434 identical versions. */
2435DEFHOOK
2436(get_function_versions_dispatcher,
673c2f63
JM
2437 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2438versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2439version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2440identical versions.",
3649b9b7
ST
2441 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2442
38f8b050 2443/* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
ee62a5a6 2444 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
89356d17 2445DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2446(builtin_reciprocal,
ee62a5a6
RS
2447 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2448reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
7b90c63a 2449@code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
ee62a5a6 2450 tree, (tree fndecl),
38f8b050
JR
2451 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2452
2453/* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2454 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2455 NULL. */
2456DEFHOOK
2457(mangle_type,
673c2f63
JM
2458 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2459uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2460to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2461mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2462the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2463not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2464for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2465return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2466string constant.\n\
2467\n\
2468Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2469qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2470fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2471is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2472length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2473ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2474@var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2475@var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2476code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2477@code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2478codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2479spaces in your string.\n\
2480\n\
2481This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2482name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2483can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2484before mangling.\n\
2485\n\
2486The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2487appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2488types.",
38f8b050
JR
2489 const char *, (const_tree type),
2490 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2491
2492/* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2493DEFHOOK
2494(init_libfuncs,
673c2f63
JM
2495 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2496existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2497@code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2498@code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2499library routines.\n\
2500\n\
2501The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
38f8b050
JR
2502 void, (void),
2503 hook_void_void)
2504
cdbf4541
BS
2505 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2506DEFHOOKPOD
2507(libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2508 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2509underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2510instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2511currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2512is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2513@code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2514 bool, false)
2515
38f8b050
JR
2516/* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2517 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2518/* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2519DEFHOOK
2520(section_type_flags,
673c2f63
JM
2521 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2522based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2523declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2524null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2525\n\
2526The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2527read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2528need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2529set via @code{__attribute__}.",
38f8b050
JR
2530 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2531 default_section_type_flags)
2532
d33d9e47
AI
2533DEFHOOK
2534(libc_has_function,
2535 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2536@var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2537 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2538 default_libc_has_function)
2539
38f8b050
JR
2540/* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2541 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2542DEFHOOK
2543(cannot_modify_jumps_p,
673c2f63
JM
2544 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2545instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2546every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2547reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2548\n\
2549@smallexample\n\
2550static bool\n\
2551cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2552@{\n\
2553 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2554@}\n\
2555@end smallexample",
38f8b050
JR
2556 bool, (void),
2557 hook_bool_void_false)
2558
4b4de898
JR
2559/* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2560DEFHOOK
2561(can_follow_jump,
2562 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2563 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2564 false, if it can't.\
2565 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2566 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
c1ce59ab
DM
2567 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2568 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
4b4de898 2569
38f8b050
JR
2570/* Return a register class for which branch target register
2571 optimizations should be applied. */
2572DEFHOOK
2573(branch_target_register_class,
673c2f63
JM
2574 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2575optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2576usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2577re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2578to inter-block scheduling.",
a87cf97e 2579 reg_class_t, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2580 default_branch_target_register_class)
2581
2582/* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2583 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2584 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2585 already been generated. */
2586DEFHOOK
2587(branch_target_register_callee_saved,
673c2f63
JM
2588 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2589registers\n\
2590that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2591returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2592that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2593@samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2594saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2595epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2596true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2597to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2598to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
38f8b050
JR
2599 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2600 hook_bool_bool_false)
2601
2602/* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2603DEFHOOK
2604(have_conditional_execution,
673c2f63
JM
2605 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2606This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2607modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
38f8b050
JR
2608 bool, (void),
2609 default_have_conditional_execution)
2610
2e0f1341
ZC
2611DEFHOOK
2612(gen_ccmp_first,
5f3bc026 2613 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
c8012fbc
WD
2614 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2615 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2616 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2617 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2618 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2619 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
5f3bc026 2620 rtx, (rtx *prep_seq, rtx *gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2e0f1341
ZC
2621 NULL)
2622
2623DEFHOOK
2624(gen_ccmp_next,
c8012fbc
WD
2625 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2626 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2627 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2628 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2629 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2630 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2631 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2632 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2633 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2634 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2635 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2636 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
5f3bc026 2637 rtx, (rtx *prep_seq, rtx *gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2e0f1341
ZC
2638 NULL)
2639
38f8b050
JR
2640/* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2641DEFHOOK
2642(loop_unroll_adjust,
673c2f63
JM
2643 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2644should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2645the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2646the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2647is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2648number of memory accesses.",
38f8b050
JR
2649 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2650 NULL)
2651
1a627b35
RS
2652/* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2653DEFHOOK
2654(legitimate_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2655 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2656@var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2657@var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2658\n\
2659The default definition returns true.",
ef4bddc2 2660 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
1a627b35
RS
2661 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2662
38f8b050
JR
2663/* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2664DEFHOOK
2665(cannot_force_const_mem,
673c2f63
JM
2666 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2667should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2668of @var{x}.\n\
2669\n\
2670The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2671\n\
2672The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2673deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2674from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2675holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2676of TLS symbols for various targets.",
ef4bddc2 2677 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
fbbf66e7 2678 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
38f8b050
JR
2679
2680DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2681(cannot_copy_insn_p,
2682 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
ac44248e 2683 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
2684
2685/* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2686DEFHOOK
2687(commutative_p,
673c2f63
JM
2688 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2689Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2690PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2691of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
38f8b050
JR
2692 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2693 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2694
2695/* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2696 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2697DEFHOOK
2698(mode_dependent_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2699 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2700space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2701different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2702reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2703but not others.\n\
2704\n\
2705Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2706effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2707of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2708addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2709\n\
2710You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2711\n\
2712The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
5bfed9a9 2713 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
38f8b050
JR
2714 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2715
2716/* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2717 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2718DEFHOOK
2719(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2720 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2721operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2722address.\n\
2723\n\
2724@findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2725@var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2726and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2727@var{x}.\n\
2728\n\
2729The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2730@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2731should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2732\n\
2733It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2734with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2735The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2736the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2737is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2738a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2739strategy can generate better code.",
ef4bddc2 2740 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
2741 default_legitimize_address)
2742
2743/* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2744DEFHOOK
2745(delegitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2746 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2747@code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2748macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2749references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2750addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2751the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2752into their original form.",
38f8b050
JR
2753 rtx, (rtx x),
2754 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2755
93bcc8c9
JJ
2756/* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2757 section. */
2758DEFHOOK
2759(const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
673c2f63
JM
2760 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2761debug sections.",
93bcc8c9
JJ
2762 bool, (rtx x),
2763 hook_bool_rtx_false)
2764
38f8b050
JR
2765/* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2766DEFHOOK
2767(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2768 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2769address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2770\n\
2771Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2772non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2773desired by the caller.\n\
2774\n\
2775The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2776that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2777considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2778kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2779must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2780up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2781register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2782if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2783\n\
2784The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2785accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2786register is required.\n\
2787\n\
2788Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2789and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2790constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2791specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2792recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2793\n\
2794Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2795sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2796@code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2797naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2798be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2799\n\
2800@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2801On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2802the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2803target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2804into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2805@code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2806@code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2807Format}.\n\
2808\n\
2809@cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2810Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2811this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2812has this syntax:\n\
2813\n\
2814@example\n\
2815#define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2816@end example\n\
2817\n\
2818@noindent\n\
2819and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2820address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2821\n\
2822@findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2823Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2824macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2825@code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2826that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2827\n\
2828Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2829files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
ef4bddc2 2830 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
38f8b050
JR
2831 default_legitimate_address_p)
2832
2833/* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2834DEFHOOK
2835(use_blocks_for_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2836 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2837be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2838of @var{x}.\n\
2839\n\
2840The default version returns false for all constants.",
ef4bddc2 2841 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
38f8b050
JR
2842 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2843
361a58da
DE
2844/* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2845DEFHOOK
2846(use_blocks_for_decl_p,
673c2f63
JM
2847 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2848be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2849\n\
2850The default version returns true for all decls.",
361a58da
DE
2851 bool, (const_tree decl),
2852 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2853
38f8b050
JR
2854/* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2855DEFHOOKPOD
2856(min_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2857 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2858On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2859applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2860for every mode. The default value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2861 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2862
2863DEFHOOKPOD
2864(max_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2865 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2866offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2867value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2868 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2869
2870/* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2871DEFHOOK
2872(use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
673c2f63
JM
2873 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2874@var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2875@samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2876\n\
2877The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2878intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2879or target-specific sections.",
38f8b050
JR
2880 bool, (const_rtx x),
2881 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2882
2f251a05
AI
2883/* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2884DEFHOOK
2885(has_ifunc_p,
2886 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2887The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2888The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2889 bool, (void),
2890 default_has_ifunc_p)
2891
38f8b050
JR
2892/* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2893 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2894 this is an indirect call. */
2895DEFHOOK
2896(function_ok_for_sibcall,
5bd40ade 2897 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
673c2f63
JM
2898call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2899or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2900\n\
2901It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2902tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2903during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2904as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2905``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2906may vary greatly between different architectures.",
38f8b050
JR
2907 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2908 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2909
2910/* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2911 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2912 level, outside of any function scope. */
2913DEFHOOK
2914(set_current_function,
673c2f63
JM
2915 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2916context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2917the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2918per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2919attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2920The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2921and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2922and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2923The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2924\n\
2925GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2926some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2927situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2928or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2929@code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2930outside of any function scope.",
38f8b050
JR
2931 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2932
2933/* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2934DEFHOOK
2935(in_small_data_p,
673c2f63
JM
2936 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2937The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
2938 bool, (const_tree exp),
2939 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2940
2941/* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2942 to the current executable or shared library. */
2943DEFHOOK
2944(binds_local_p,
673c2f63
JM
2945 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
2946rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
2947or executable image).\n\
2948\n\
2949The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
2950for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
2951currently supported object file formats.",
38f8b050
JR
2952 bool, (const_tree exp),
2953 default_binds_local_p)
2954
3c5273a9
KT
2955/* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
2956DEFHOOK
2957(profile_before_prologue,
2958 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
2959The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
2960@code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
2961 bool, (void),
2962 default_profile_before_prologue)
2963
d56a43a0
AK
2964/* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
2965 enabled. */
2966DEFHOOK
2967(keep_leaf_when_profiled,
2968 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
2969 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
2970 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
2971 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
2972 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
2973 bool, (void),
2974 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
2975
38f8b050
JR
2976/* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
2977 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
2978 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
2979 The default is to return ID without modification. */
2980DEFHOOK
2981(mangle_decl_assembler_name,
673c2f63
JM
2982 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
2983by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
2984the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
2985or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
2986hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
2987your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
2988returns the @var{id} provided.",
38f8b050
JR
2989 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
2990 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
2991
2992/* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
2993 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
2994DEFHOOK
2995(encode_section_info,
673c2f63
JM
2996 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
2997treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
2998function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
2999\n\
3000The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3001@var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3002an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3003rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3004in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3005\n\
3006In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3007a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3008will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3009register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3010rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3011leave it alone.)\n\
3012\n\
3013The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3014that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3015be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3016declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3017declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3018@var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3019\n\
3020@cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3021The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3022@code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3023Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3024encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3025discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3026\n\
3027The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3028in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3029@code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3030before overriding it.",
38f8b050
JR
3031 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3032 default_encode_section_info)
3033
3034/* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3035DEFHOOK
3036(strip_name_encoding,
673c2f63
JM
3037 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3038the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3039may have added.",
38f8b050
JR
3040 const char *, (const char *name),
3041 default_strip_name_encoding)
3042
3043/* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3044 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3045DEFHOOK
3046(shift_truncation_mask,
673c2f63
JM
3047 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3048deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3049@xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3050\n\
3051On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3052shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3053equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3054this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3055otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3056particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3057\n\
3058Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3059@emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3060that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3061\n\
3062The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3063@code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3064and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3065@code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3066nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3067by overriding it.",
ef4bddc2 3068 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3069 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3070
3071/* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3072 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3073 the reciprocal. */
3074DEFHOOK
3075(min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
673c2f63
JM
3076 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3077divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3078the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3079that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3080of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3081has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
ef4bddc2 3082 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3083 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3084
3085/* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3086 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3087 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3088/* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3089 necessarily defined at this point. */
3090DEFHOOK
3091(mode_rep_extended,
673c2f63
JM
3092 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3093are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3094@code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3095sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3096otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3097representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3098@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3099@code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3100@var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3101widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3102\n\
3103Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3104value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3105as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3106@code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero.\n\
3107\n\
3108Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3109describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3110@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3111to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3112extension.\n\
3113\n\
3114In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3115@code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3116@code{mode}.",
ef4bddc2 3117 int, (machine_mode mode, machine_mode rep_mode),
38f8b050
JR
3118 default_mode_rep_extended)
3119
3120/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3121DEFHOOK
3122(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3123 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3124with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3125hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3126 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3127 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3128
7352c013
RG
3129/* Disambiguate with errno. */
3130DEFHOOK
3131(ref_may_alias_errno,
3132 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3133 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3134 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3135 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3136 a pointer to int.",
84562394 3137 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
7352c013
RG
3138 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3139
38f8b050
JR
3140/* Support for named address spaces. */
3141#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3142#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3143HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3144
3145/* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3146DEFHOOK
3147(pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3148 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3149@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3150The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
ef4bddc2 3151 machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3152 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3153
3154/* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3155DEFHOOK
3156(address_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3157 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3158@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3159The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3160 machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3161 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3162
3163/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3164 in another address space. */
3165DEFHOOK
3166(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3167 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3168with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3169hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3170except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3171version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3172@code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3173target hooks for the given address space.",
ef4bddc2 3174 bool, (machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3175 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3176
3177/* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3178 space for a given mode. */
3179DEFHOOK
3180(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
3181 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3182@var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3183parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3184finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3185@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3186explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3187 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3188 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3189
3190/* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3191 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3192 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3193DEFHOOK
3194(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
3195 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3196with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3197hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3198except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3199 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3200 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3201
3202/* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3203DEFHOOK
3204(subset_p,
673c2f63
JM
3205 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3206contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3207a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3208will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3209arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3210converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
b5bcaa4a 3211 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
38f8b050
JR
3212 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3213
6626f970
RH
3214/* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3215 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3216DEFHOOK
3217(zero_address_valid,
3218 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3219address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3220 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3221 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3222
38f8b050
JR
3223/* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3224DEFHOOK
3225(convert,
673c2f63
JM
3226 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3227@var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3228space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3229to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3230guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3231as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
3232 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3233 default_addr_space_convert)
3234
f736b911
RH
3235/* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3236DEFHOOK
3237(debug,
3238 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3239The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3240 int, (addr_space_t as),
3241 default_addr_space_debug)
3242
38f8b050
JR
3243HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3244
3245#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3246#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3247
3248/* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3249 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3250 the arithmetic is supported. */
3251DEFHOOK
3252(scalar_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3253 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3254insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3255considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3256must work.\n\
3257\n\
3258The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3259required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3260Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3261code in @file{optabs.c}.",
ef4bddc2 3262 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3263 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3264
3265/* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3266 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3267 for further details. */
3268DEFHOOK
3269(vector_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3270 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3271insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3272must have move patterns for this mode.",
ef4bddc2 3273 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3274 hook_bool_mode_false)
3275
5aea1e76
UW
3276DEFHOOK
3277(vector_alignment,
3278 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3279@var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3280require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3281this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3282the vector element type.",
3283 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3284 default_vector_alignment)
3285
0f6d54f7
RS
3286/* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3287 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3288DEFHOOK
3289(array_mode_supported_p,
3290 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3291of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3292Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3293and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3294\n\
3295One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3296that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3297has operations like:\n\
3298\n\
3299@smallexample\n\
3300int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3301@end smallexample\n\
3302\n\
3303where the return type is defined as:\n\
3304\n\
3305@smallexample\n\
3306typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3307@{\n\
3308 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3309@} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3310@end smallexample\n\
3311\n\
3312If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3313@code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3314@code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
ef4bddc2 3315 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
0f6d54f7
RS
3316 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3317
8cc4b7a2
JM
3318DEFHOOK
3319(libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3320 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3321floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3322@code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3323hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3324@code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
ef4bddc2 3325 bool, (machine_mode mode),
8cc4b7a2
JM
3326 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3327
38f8b050
JR
3328/* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3329 TO, using MODE. */
3330DEFHOOK
3331(register_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3332 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3333from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3334are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3335A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3336that.\n\
3337\n\
3338It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3339same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3340registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3341\n\
3342If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3343hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3344classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3345constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3346allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3347if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3348\n\
3349The default version of this function returns 2.",
ef4bddc2 3350 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
38f8b050
JR
3351 default_register_move_cost)
3352
3353/* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3354/* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3355 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
911852ff 3356DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3357(memory_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3358 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3359between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3360if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3361This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3362If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3363registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3364\n\
3365If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3366the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3367needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3368between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3369more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3370reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3371\n\
3372GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3373secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3374a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3375secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
33764 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3377value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3378are the same as to this target hook.",
ef4bddc2 3379 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
38f8b050
JR
3380 default_memory_move_cost)
3381
7cbed008
JG
3382DEFHOOK
3383(use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3384 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3385two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3386when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3387implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3388insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3389@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3390unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3391\n\
3392This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3393given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3394infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3395Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3396units.\n\
3397\n\
3398The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3399@code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES}.\n\
3400These describe the type of memory operation under consideration.\n\
3401\n\
3402The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3403optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3404\n\
3405Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3406for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3407@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3408@code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3409insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3410the body of the memory operation.\n\
3411\n\
3412Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3413in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3414move would be greater than that of a library call.",
445d7826 3415 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
7cbed008
JG
3416 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3417 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3418
d95ab70a
RS
3419DEFHOOK
3420(optab_supported_p,
3421 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3422modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3423The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3424whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3425optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3426\n\
3427For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3428@var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3429optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3430\n\
3431The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3432 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3433 optimization_type opt_type),
3434 default_optab_supported_p)
3435
38f8b050
JR
3436/* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3437 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3438 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3439 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3440DEFHOOK
3441(small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
673c2f63
JM
3442 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3443small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3444@var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3445in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3446In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3447for any mode.\n\
3448\n\
3449On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3450insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3451to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3452if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3453insn.\n\
3454\n\
3455Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3456in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3457the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3458classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3459registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3460registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3461SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3462strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3463machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3464\n\
3465The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3466safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3467unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3468that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3469to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3470of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
ef4bddc2 3471 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3472 hook_bool_mode_false)
3473
e692f276
RH
3474/* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3475 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3476DEFHOOKPOD
3477(flags_regnum,
3478 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3479 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3480 appropriately.",
3481 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3482
38f8b050
JR
3483/* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3484 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3485 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
e548c9df 3486/* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
38f8b050
JR
3487 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3488DEFHOOK
3489(rtx_costs,
673c2f63
JM
3490 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3491\n\
3492The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3493available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3494as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3495That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3496that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3497either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3498(b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3499\n\
e548c9df
AM
3500@var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3501do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
3502\n\
3503In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3504@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3505instructions.\n\
3506\n\
3507On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3508for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3509necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3510for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3511operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3512\n\
3513When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3514false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3515size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3516\n\
3517The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3518processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
e548c9df
AM
3519 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3520 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
38f8b050
JR
3521
3522/* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3523 invalid addresses. */
3524DEFHOOK
3525(address_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3526 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3527@var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3528the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3529\n\
3530For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3531true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3532instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3533all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3534\n\
3535In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3536the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3537cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3538\n\
3539For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3540and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3541is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3542references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3543the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3544that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3545instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3546specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3547\n\
3548This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3549\n\
3550On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3551cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3552@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3553be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3554@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3555should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3556should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3557registers on machines with lots of registers.",
ef4bddc2 3558 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
38f8b050
JR
3559 default_address_cost)
3560
f52a73a4
SD
3561/* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3562 scheduling. */
3563DEFHOOK
3564(no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3565 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3566speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3567such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3568delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3569disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3570delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3571as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3572 hook_bool_void_false)
3573
38f8b050
JR
3574/* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3575DEFHOOK
3576(allocate_initial_value,
673c2f63
JM
3577 "\n\
3578When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3579register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3580to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3581it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3582is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3583that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3584@code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3585Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3586to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3587the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3588@code{MEM}.\n\
3589If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3590it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3591You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3592@code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3593register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3594The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3595allocation.",
38f8b050
JR
3596 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3597
c84a808e 3598/* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
38f8b050
JR
3599 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3600DEFHOOK
3601(unspec_may_trap_p,
673c2f63
JM
3602 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3603@code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3604this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3605@code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3606to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3607passed along.",
38f8b050
JR
3608 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3609 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3610
3611/* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3612 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3613 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3614 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3615 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3616 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3617DEFHOOK
3618(dwarf_register_span,
673c2f63
JM
3619 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3620represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3621register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3622locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3623register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3624If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
38f8b050
JR
3625 rtx, (rtx reg),
3626 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3627
ff050c66
MF
3628/* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3629 register. */
3630DEFHOOK
3631(dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3632 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3633corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3634used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3635clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
ef4bddc2 3636 machine_mode, (int regno),
ff050c66
MF
3637 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3638
38f8b050
JR
3639/* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3640 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3641 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3642 code, given the address of the table. */
3643DEFHOOK
3644(init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
673c2f63
JM
3645 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3646multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3647sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3648It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3649filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3650@var{address} is the address of the table.",
38f8b050
JR
3651 void, (tree address),
3652 hook_void_tree)
3653
3654/* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3655 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3656 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3657 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3658 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3659 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3660 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3661DEFHOOK
3662(fixed_condition_code_regs,
673c2f63
JM
3663 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3664register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3665regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3666hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3667small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3668to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3669arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3670When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3671integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3672@code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3673\n\
3674The default version of this hook returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
3675 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3676 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3677
3678/* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3679 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3680 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3681 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3682 VOIDmode. */
3683DEFHOOK
3684(cc_modes_compatible,
673c2f63
JM
3685 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3686@code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3687validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3688target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3689both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3690return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3691\n\
3692The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3693same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3694returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3695 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
38f8b050
JR
3696 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3697
3698/* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3699 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3700DEFHOOK
3701(machine_dependent_reorg,
673c2f63
JM
3702 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3703instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3704just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3705\n\
3706The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3707it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3708laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3709Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3710\n\
3711You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3712definition is null.",
38f8b050
JR
3713 void, (void), NULL)
3714
3715/* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3716DEFHOOK
3717(build_builtin_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3718 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3719The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
38f8b050
JR
3720 tree, (void),
3721 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3722
3723/* Enumerate the va list variants. */
07a5b2bc 3724DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3725(enum_va_list_p,
673c2f63
JM
3726 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3727to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3728variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3729to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3730variable.\n\
3731The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3732this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3733internal type.\n\
3734If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3735Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3736macro to iterate through all types.",
38f8b050
JR
3737 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3738 NULL)
3739
3740/* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3741DEFHOOK
3742(fn_abi_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3743 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3744@var{fndecl}.\n\
3745The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
3746 tree, (tree fndecl),
3747 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3748
3749/* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3750DEFHOOK
3751(canonical_va_list_type,
673c2f63
JM
3752 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3753type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3754@code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
3755 tree, (tree type),
3756 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3757
3758/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3759DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3760(expand_builtin_va_start,
3761"Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3762 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3763
3764/* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3765DEFHOOK
3766(gimplify_va_arg_expr,
673c2f63
JM
3767 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3768@code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
3769arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
3770@code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
38f8b050
JR
3771 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
3772 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
3773
3774/* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
3775 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
3776 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
3777 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
3778 or an error message if not. */
3779DEFHOOK
3780(get_pch_validity,
673c2f63
JM
3781 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
3782@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
3783@samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
38f8b050
JR
3784 void *, (size_t *sz),
3785 default_get_pch_validity)
3786
3787DEFHOOK
3788(pch_valid_p,
673c2f63
JM
3789 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
3790compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
3791if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
3792be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
3793\n\
3794@var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
3795when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
3796It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
3797compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
3798\n\
3799The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
3800suitable for most targets.",
38f8b050
JR
3801 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
3802 default_pch_valid_p)
3803
e32ea2d1
RS
3804DEFHOOK
3805(prepare_pch_save,
3806 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
3807garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
3808it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
3809to do anything here.",
3810 void, (void),
3811 hook_void_void)
3812
38f8b050
JR
3813/* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
3814 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
3815 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3816DEFHOOK
3817(check_pch_target_flags,
673c2f63
JM
3818 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
3819@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
3820of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
3821@code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
3822value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
38f8b050
JR
3823 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
3824
3825/* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
3826 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
3827 that type. */
3828DEFHOOK
3829(default_short_enums,
673c2f63
JM
3830 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
3831@code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
3832of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
3833@code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
3834\n\
3835The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
3836 bool, (void),
3837 hook_bool_void_false)
3838
3839/* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
3840 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
3841DEFHOOK
3842(builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
673c2f63
JM
3843 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
3844the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
3845The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
3846machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
3847@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
38f8b050
JR
3848 rtx, (void),
3849 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
3850
7ca35180
RH
3851/* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
3852 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
3853DEFHOOK
3854(md_asm_adjust,
3855 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
3856@var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
3857clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
3858to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
3859\n\
3860It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
3861as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
3862a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
3863 rtx_insn *,
3864 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
3865 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
3866 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
3867
3868/* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
3869 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
3870 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
3871 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
3872 the function is being declared as an int. */
3873DEFHOOK
3874(dwarf_calling_convention,
673c2f63
JM
3875 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
3876be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
3877value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
38f8b050
JR
3878 int, (const_tree function),
3879 hook_int_const_tree_0)
3880
3881/* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
3882 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
3883 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
3884 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
3885 and
3886 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
3887 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
3888DEFHOOK
3889(dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
673c2f63
JM
3890 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
3891contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
3892info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
3893@smallexample\n\
3894(set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
3895@end smallexample\n\
3896and\n\
3897@smallexample\n\
3898(set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
3899@end smallexample\n\
3900to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
3901the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
3902the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
38f8b050
JR
3903 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
3904
3905/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3906DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3907(stdarg_optimize_hook,
3908"Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
3909 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
3910 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
355fe088 3911 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
3912
3913/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
3914 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
3915 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
3916DEFHOOK
3917(stack_protect_guard,
673c2f63
JM
3918 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
3919for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
3920runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
3921that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
3922variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
3923\n\
3924The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
3925@samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
3926 tree, (void),
3927 default_stack_protect_guard)
3928
3929/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
3930 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
3931DEFHOOK
3932(stack_protect_fail,
673c2f63
JM
3933 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
3934stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
3935involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
3936\n\
3937The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
3938@samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
3939normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
3940 tree, (void),
3941 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
3942
1d0216c8
RS
3943DEFHOOK
3944(can_use_doloop_p,
3945 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
3946and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
3947exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
3948the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
3949the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
3950contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
3951loop is only entered from the top.\n\
3952\n\
3953This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
3954implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
3955if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
807e902e 3956 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
1d0216c8 3957 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
807e902e 3958 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
1d0216c8 3959
38f8b050
JR
3960/* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
3961 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3962DEFHOOK
3963(invalid_within_doloop,
673c2f63
JM
3964 "\n\
3965Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
3966low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
3967could not be applied.\n\
3968\n\
3969Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
3970instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
3971the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
3972By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
3973loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
ac44248e 3974 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
38f8b050
JR
3975 default_invalid_within_doloop)
3976
78e4f1ad
UB
3977/* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
3978DEFHOOK
3979(legitimate_combined_insn,
3980"Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
3981 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
3982 default is to accept all instructions.",
ac44248e
DM
3983 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
3984 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
78e4f1ad 3985
38f8b050
JR
3986DEFHOOK
3987(valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
3988"@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
3989 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
3990 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
3991 bool, (const_tree decl),
3992 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
3993
3994/* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
3995 value. */
3996DEFHOOKPOD
3997(const_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
3998 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
3999a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4000is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4001is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4002subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4003the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4004available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4005constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4006down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4007@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4008accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4009value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4010MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4011@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4012is zero, which disables this optimization.",
38f8b050
JR
4013 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4014
5dcfdccd
KY
4015/* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4016DEFHOOK
4017(memmodel_check,
673c2f63
JM
4018 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4019memory model bits are allowed.",
5dcfdccd
KY
4020 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4021
dfe06d3e
JJ
4022/* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4023 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4024 supported by the target. */
4025DEFHOOK
4026(asan_shadow_offset,
4027 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4028Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4029supported by the target.",
4030 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4031 NULL)
4032
38f8b050
JR
4033/* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4034/* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4035HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4036
4037DEFHOOK
4038(promote_function_mode,
673c2f63
JM
4039 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4040function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4041and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4042change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4043pointer} types.\n\
4044\n\
4045@var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4046return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4047@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4048If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4049which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4050then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4051the signedness may be different.\n\
4052\n\
4053@var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4054\n\
4055The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4056also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4057if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
ef4bddc2 4058 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
38f8b050
JR
4059 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4060 default_promote_function_mode)
4061
4062DEFHOOK
4063(promote_prototypes,
673c2f63
JM
4064 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4065prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4066passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4067cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4068The default is to not promote prototypes.",
38f8b050
JR
4069 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4070 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4071
4072DEFHOOK
4073(struct_value_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4074 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4075address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4076passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4077be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4078hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4079argument.\n\
4080\n\
4081On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4082is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4083caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4084be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4085@var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4086the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4087the caller.\n\
4088\n\
4089If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4090stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4091@var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4092structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4093to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
38f8b050
JR
4094 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4095 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
e0d14c39
BS
4096
4097DEFHOOKPOD
4098(omit_struct_return_reg,
4099 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4100is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4101arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4102pointer return value. Define this to true if that behaviour is\n\
4103undesirable on your target.",
4104 bool, false)
4105
38f8b050
JR
4106DEFHOOK
4107(return_in_memory,
673c2f63
JM
4108 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4109function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4110Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4111will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4112libcalls.\n\
4113\n\
4114Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4115by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4116takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4117possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4118definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4119values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4120\n\
4121Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4122be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4123to indicate this.",
38f8b050
JR
4124 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4125 default_return_in_memory)
4126
4127DEFHOOK
4128(return_in_msb,
673c2f63
JM
4129 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4130at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4131padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4132is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4133\n\
4134Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4135be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4136or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
41374-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4138@code{SImode} rtx.",
38f8b050
JR
4139 bool, (const_tree type),
4140 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4141
4142/* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4143 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4144 from __builtin_va_arg. */
ec9f85e5 4145DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4146(pass_by_reference,
673c2f63
JM
4147 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4148position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4149predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4150passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4151\n\
4152If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4153pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4154The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4155to that type.",
38f8b050 4156 bool,
ef4bddc2 4157 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4158 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4159
4160DEFHOOK
4161(expand_builtin_saveregs,
673c2f63
JM
4162 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4163@code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4164beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4165return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4166to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
38f8b050
JR
4167 rtx, (void),
4168 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4169
4170/* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4171DEFHOOK
4172(setup_incoming_varargs,
673c2f63
JM
4173 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4174@code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4175@code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4176register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4177have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4178use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4179pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4180\n\
4181The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4182structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4183named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4184last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4185\n\
4186The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4187argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4188store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4189variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4190store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4191frame.\n\
4192\n\
4193Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4194compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4195@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4196have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4197for all data types.\n\
4198\n\
4199If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4200arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4201happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4202end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4203not generate any instructions in this case.",
ef4bddc2 4204 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4205 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4206 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4207
d5e254e1
IE
4208DEFHOOK
4209(load_bounds_for_arg,
4210 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4211@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4212bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4213memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4214memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4215constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4216should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4217 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4218 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4219
4220DEFHOOK
4221(store_bounds_for_arg,
4222 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4223@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4224@var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4225memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4226memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4227constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4228should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4229 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4230 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4231
4232DEFHOOK
4233(load_returned_bounds,
4234 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4235returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4236loaded bounds.",
4237 rtx, (rtx slot),
4238 default_load_returned_bounds)
4239
4240DEFHOOK
4241(store_returned_bounds,
4242 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4243returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4244 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4245 default_store_returned_bounds)
4246
4247DEFHOOK
4248(setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4249 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4250into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4251@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4252 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, enum machine_mode mode, tree type,
4253 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4254 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4255
2f21e1ba
BS
4256DEFHOOK
4257(call_args,
4258 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4259for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4260@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4261before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4262function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4263@code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4264invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4265This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4266registers if a target needs it.\n\
4267For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4268passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4269Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4270 void, (rtx, tree),
4271 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4272
4273DEFHOOK
4274(end_call_args,
4275 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4276just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4277signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4278emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4279Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4280 void, (void),
4281 hook_void_void)
4282
38f8b050
JR
4283DEFHOOK
4284(strict_argument_naming,
673c2f63
JM
4285 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4286argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4287\n\
4288This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4289is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4290@code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4291arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4292but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4293then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4294except the last are treated as named.\n\
4295\n\
4296You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
d5cc9181 4297 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4298 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4299
4300/* Returns true if we should use
4301 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4302 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4303DEFHOOK
4304(pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
673c2f63
JM
4305 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4306@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4307@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4308defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4309@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4310Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
d5cc9181 4311 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4312 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4313
4314/* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4315 should be passed as two scalars. */
4316DEFHOOK
4317(split_complex_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4318 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4319as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4320arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4321to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4322AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4323registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4324point register.\n\
4325\n\
4326The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4327false.",
38f8b050
JR
4328 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4329
4330/* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4331 but must be passed on the stack. */
4332/* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4333 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4334DEFHOOK
4335(must_pass_in_stack,
673c2f63
JM
4336 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4337solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4338definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4339documentation.",
ef4bddc2 4340 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
38f8b050
JR
4341 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4342
4343/* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4344 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4345 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4346DEFHOOK
4347(callee_copies,
673c2f63
JM
4348 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4349known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4350function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4351by the caller.\n\
4352\n\
4353For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4354determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4355not be generated.\n\
4356\n\
4357The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050 4358 bool,
ef4bddc2 4359 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4360 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4361
4362/* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4363 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4364 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4365DEFHOOK
4366(arg_partial_bytes,
673c2f63
JM
4367 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4368argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4369arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4370pushed on the stack.\n\
4371\n\
4372On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4373registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4374first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4375on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4376structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4377in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4378compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4379\n\
4380@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4381register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4382@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
ef4bddc2 4383 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4384 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4385
4386/* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4387 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4388 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4389DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4390(function_arg_advance,
673c2f63
JM
4391 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4392advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4393@var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4394the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4395argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4396\n\
4397This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4398on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4399used for arguments without any special help.",
38f8b050 4400 void,
ef4bddc2 4401 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4402 default_function_arg_advance)
4403
4404/* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4405 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4406 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4407 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4408DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4409(function_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4410 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4411register and if so, which register.\n\
4412\n\
4413The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4414arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4415the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4416(which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4417which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4418nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4419function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4420syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4421\n\
4422The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4423register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4424on the stack.\n\
4425\n\
d5e254e1
IE
4426The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4427passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4428should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4429@code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4430for more information.\n\
4431\n\
673c2f63
JM
4432The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4433used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4434@code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4435@code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4436describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4437@code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4438register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4439register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4440second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4441the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4442As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4443RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4444argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4445\n\
4446The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4447VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4448pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4449\n\
4450@cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4451The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4452machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4453cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4454done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4455@var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4456\n\
4457@cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4458@cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4459You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4460in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4461type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4462is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4463argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4464defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4465a register.",
ef4bddc2 4466 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4467 bool named),
4468 default_function_arg)
4469
4470/* Likewise, but for machines with register windows. Return the
4471 location where the argument will appear to the callee. */
b25b9e8f 4472DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4473(function_incoming_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4474 "Define this hook if the target machine has ``register windows'', so\n\
4475that the register in which a function sees an arguments is not\n\
4476necessarily the same as the one in which the caller passed the\n\
4477argument.\n\
4478\n\
4479For such machines, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4480which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4481@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4482fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4483arrive.\n\
4484\n\
4485If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4486@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
ef4bddc2 4487 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4488 bool named),
4489 default_function_incoming_arg)
4490
c2ed6cf8
NF
4491DEFHOOK
4492(function_arg_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4493 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4494with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4495@code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
ef4bddc2 4496 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
c2ed6cf8
NF
4497 default_function_arg_boundary)
4498
123148b5
BS
4499DEFHOOK
4500(function_arg_round_boundary,
4501 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4502which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4503return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4504value.",
ef4bddc2 4505 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
123148b5
BS
4506 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4507
38f8b050
JR
4508/* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4509 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4510DEFHOOK
4511(invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
673c2f63
JM
4512 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4513illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4514with prototype @var{typelist}.",
38f8b050
JR
4515 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4516 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4517
4518/* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4519 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4520DEFHOOK
4521(function_value,
673c2f63
JM
4522 "\n\
4523Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4524returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4525representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4526representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4527function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4528compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4529Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4530a function returns a value.\n\
4531\n\
4532On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4533(Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4534place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4535@code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4536The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4537multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4538@code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4539location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4540the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4541that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4542port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4543@samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4544\n\
4545If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4546the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4547@var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4548\n\
4549If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4550node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4551pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4552convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4553known.\n\
4554\n\
4555Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4556which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4557the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4558different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4559\n\
4560@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4561aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4562@code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
38f8b050
JR
4563 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4564 default_function_value)
4565
d5e254e1
IE
4566/* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4567DEFHOOK
4568(chkp_function_value_bounds,
4569 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4570returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4571@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4572 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4573 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4574
38f8b050
JR
4575/* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4576 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4577DEFHOOK
4578(libcall_value,
673c2f63
JM
4579 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4580function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4581\n\
4582The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4583library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4584representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4585\n\
4586If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
ef4bddc2 4587 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
38f8b050
JR
4588 default_libcall_value)
4589
4590/* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4591 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4592DEFHOOK
4593(function_value_regno_p,
673c2f63
JM
4594 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4595register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4596\n\
4597A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4598second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4599recognized by this target hook.\n\
4600\n\
4601If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4602function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4603should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4604\n\
4605If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
38f8b050
JR
4606 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4607 default_function_value_regno_p)
4608
4609/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4610DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4611(internal_arg_pointer,
4612"Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4613 current function.",
4614 rtx, (void),
4615 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4616
4617/* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4618DEFHOOK
4619(update_stack_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4620 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4621necessary.",
38f8b050
JR
4622 void, (void), NULL)
4623
4624/* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4625 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4626DEFHOOK
4627(get_drap_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4628 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4629different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4630argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4631is needed.",
38f8b050
JR
4632 rtx, (void), NULL)
4633
4634/* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4635 stack. */
4636DEFHOOK
4637(allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
673c2f63
JM
4638 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4639arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4640stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4641debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4642@code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4643cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4644to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4645false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
38f8b050
JR
4646 bool, (void),
4647 hook_bool_void_true)
4648
c21df29b
RH
4649/* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4650 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
38f8b050
JR
4651DEFHOOK
4652(static_chain,
673c2f63
JM
4653 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4654targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4655nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4656attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4657those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4658\n\
4659The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4660\n\
4661If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4662provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4663Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4664from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4665will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4666@findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4667@findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4668@findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4669The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4670@code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4671to refer to those items.",
c21df29b 4672 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
38f8b050
JR
4673 default_static_chain)
4674
4675/* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4676 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4677DEFHOOK
4678(trampoline_init,
673c2f63
JM
4679 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4680@var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4681is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4682RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4683when it is called.\n\
4684\n\
4685If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4686first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4687from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4688Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4689trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4690to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4691\n\
4692If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
4693enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
4694initializing the trampoline proper.",
38f8b050
JR
4695 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
4696 default_trampoline_init)
4697
4698/* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
4699DEFHOOK
4700(trampoline_adjust_address,
673c2f63
JM
4701 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
4702the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
4703memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
4704the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
4705address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
4706be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
4707If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
38f8b050
JR
4708 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
4709
4710/* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
4711 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
4712 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
4713/* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
893d13d5 4714DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4715(return_pops_args,
673c2f63
JM
4716 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
4717a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
4718and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
4719\n\
4720@var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
4721the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4722@code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
4723From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
4724\n\
4725@var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
4726describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4727@code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
4728From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
4729arguments (if known).\n\
4730\n\
4731When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
4732will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
4733you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
4734by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
4735a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
4736in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
4737\n\
4738@var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
4739stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
4740argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
4741\n\
4742On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
4743of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
4744calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
4745the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
4746convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
4747arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
4748nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
4749@var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
4750number of arguments.",
38f8b050
JR
4751 int, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size),
4752 default_return_pops_args)
4753
ffa88471
SE
4754/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
4755 returned. */
4756DEFHOOK
4757(get_raw_result_mode,
4758 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
4759 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
4760 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4761 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4762 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4763
4764/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
4765 passed. */
4766DEFHOOK
4767(get_raw_arg_mode,
4768 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
4769 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
4770 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4771 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4772 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4773
38f8b050
JR
4774HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
4775
bcb21886
KY
4776DEFHOOK
4777(use_pseudo_pic_reg,
4778 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
4779for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
4780 bool, (void),
4781 hook_bool_void_false)
4782
4783DEFHOOK
4784(init_pic_reg,
4785 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
4786This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
4787 void, (void),
4788 hook_void_void)
4789
38f8b050
JR
4790/* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
4791 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
4792DEFHOOK
4793(invalid_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
4794 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4795invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4796if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4797 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
4798 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4799
4800/* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
4801 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
4802DEFHOOK
4803(invalid_unary_op,
673c2f63
JM
4804 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4805invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
4806@code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4807if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4808 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
4809 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
4810
4811/* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
4812 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
4813DEFHOOK
4814(invalid_binary_op,
673c2f63
JM
4815 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4816invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
4817and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4818the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4819 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
4820 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4821
4822/* Return the diagnostic message string if TYPE is not valid as a
4823 function parameter type, NULL otherwise. */
4824DEFHOOK
4825(invalid_parameter_type,
673c2f63
JM
4826 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4827invalid for functions to include parameters of type @var{type},\n\
4828or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4829the front end. This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4830 const char *, (const_tree type),
4831 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
4832
4833/* Return the diagnostic message string if TYPE is not valid as a
4834 function return type, NULL otherwise. */
4835DEFHOOK
4836(invalid_return_type,
673c2f63
JM
4837 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4838invalid for functions to have return type @var{type},\n\
4839or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4840the front end. This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4841 const char *, (const_tree type),
4842 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
4843
4844/* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
4845 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
4846 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
4847DEFHOOK
4848(promoted_type,
673c2f63
JM
4849 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
4850@var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
4851analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
4852front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
4853target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
4854This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4855 tree, (const_tree type),
4856 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
4857
4858/* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
4859 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
4860 the standard conversion rules. */
4861DEFHOOK
4862(convert_to_type,
673c2f63
JM
4863 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
4864@var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
4865or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
4866This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
4867conversion rules.\n\
4868This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4869 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
4870 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
4871
5074a1f8
VM
4872/* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
4873DEFHOOK
4874(ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
4875 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
4876 allocno class calculated by IRA.\n\
4877 \n\
4878 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
4879 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t),
4880 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
4881
55a2c322
VM
4882/* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
4883DEFHOOK
4884(lra_p,
4885 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
4886 It means that LRA was ported to the target.\
4887 \
4888 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
4889 bool, (void),
4890 default_lra_p)
4891
4892/* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
4893DEFHOOK
4894(register_priority,
4895 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
4896 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
4897 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
4898 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
4899 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
4900 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
4901 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
4902 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
4903 \
4904 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
4905 int, (int),
4906 default_register_priority)
4907
3b9ceb4b
VM
4908/* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
4909DEFHOOK
4910(register_usage_leveling_p,
4911 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
4912 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
4913 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
4914 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
4915 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
4916 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
4917 optimizations.\
4918 \
4919 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
4920 bool, (void),
4921 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
4922
55a2c322
VM
4923/* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
4924DEFHOOK
4925(different_addr_displacement_p,
4926 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
4927 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
4928 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
4929 the insn.\
4930 \
4931 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
4932 bool, (void),
4933 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
4934
4935/* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
4936 instead of memory. */
4937DEFHOOK
4938(spill_class,
4939 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
4940 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
4941 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
4942 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
ef4bddc2 4943 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
55a2c322
VM
4944 NULL)
4945
42e37616
DM
4946DEFHOOK
4947(cstore_mode,
4948 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
4949 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
4950 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
4951 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
4952 patterns.",
ef4bddc2 4953 machine_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
42e37616
DM
4954 default_cstore_mode)
4955
d9886a9e
L
4956/* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
4957 be accessed using BLKmode. */
4958DEFHOOK
4959(member_type_forces_blk,
673c2f63
JM
4960 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
4961be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
4962\n\
4963If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
4964mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
4965case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
4966retain the field's mode.\n\
4967\n\
4968Normally, this is not needed.",
ef4bddc2 4969 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
d9886a9e
L
4970 default_member_type_forces_blk)
4971
38f8b050
JR
4972/* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
4973DEFHOOK
4974(secondary_reload,
673c2f63
JM
4975 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
4976from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
4977@samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
4978from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
4979term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
4980directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
4981register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
4982destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
4983source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
4984reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
4985and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
4986intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
4987\n\
4988Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
4989allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
4990register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
4991address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
4992when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
4993as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
4994that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
4995describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
4996these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
4997of the scratch register(s).\n\
4998\n\
4999In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5000\n\
5001For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5002and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5003@var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5004hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5005needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5006\n\
5007If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5008an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5009return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5010If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5011If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5012that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5013\n\
5014If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5015perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5016closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5017required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5018copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5019\n\
5020You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5021in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5022and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5023for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5024single-register-class\n\
5025@c [later: or memory]\n\
5026output constraint.\n\
5027\n\
5028When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5029hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5030register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5031have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5032\n\
5033@c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5034@c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5035@c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5036@c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5037@c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5038@c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5039@c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5040@c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5041\n\
5042\n\
5043@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5044pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5045Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5046in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5047\n\
5048Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5049currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5050to use @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5051\n\
5052@code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5053copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5054(a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5055Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5056of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5057forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
a87cf97e 5058 reg_class_t,
ef4bddc2 5059 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
38f8b050
JR
5060 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5061 default_secondary_reload)
5062
fba42e24
AS
5063/* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5064 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5065DEFHOOK
5066(preferred_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5067 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5068to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5069@var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5070another, smaller class.\n\
5071\n\
5072The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5073\n\
5074Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5075example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5076for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5077@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5078Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5079\n\
5080One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5081@var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5082loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5083force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5084immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5085instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5086register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5087@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5088into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5089@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5090of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5091\n\
5092If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5093through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5094to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5095reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5096this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5097the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
fba42e24
AS
5098 reg_class_t,
5099 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5100 default_preferred_reload_class)
5101
abd26bfb
AS
5102/* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5103 input reloads. */
5104DEFHOOK
5105(preferred_output_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5106 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5107input reloads.\n\
5108\n\
5109The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5110argument.\n\
5111\n\
5112You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5113reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
abd26bfb
AS
5114 reg_class_t,
5115 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5116 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5117
07b8f0a8
AS
5118DEFHOOK
5119(class_likely_spilled_p,
673c2f63
JM
5120 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5121to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5122registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5123\n\
5124The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5125has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5126default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5127i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5128can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5129\n\
5130This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5131transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5132pressure.",
07b8f0a8
AS
5133 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5134 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5135
a8c44c52
AS
5136/* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5137 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5138DEFHOOK
5139(class_max_nregs,
673c2f63
JM
5140 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5141of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5142\n\
5143This is closely related to the macro @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact,\n\
5144the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5145@var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5146@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5147values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5148\n\
5149This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5150in the reload pass.\n\
5151\n\
5152The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5153in words.",
ef4bddc2 5154 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
a8c44c52
AS
5155 default_class_max_nregs)
5156
5f286f4a
YQ
5157DEFHOOK
5158(preferred_rename_class,
5159 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5160 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
6d3fbe2f
JR
5161 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5162 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5f286f4a
YQ
5163 is not implemented.\
5164 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5165 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5166 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5167 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5168 be reduced.",
5169 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5170 default_preferred_rename_class)
5171
d6220b11
KK
5172/* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5173 during register allocation. */
5174DEFHOOK
5175(cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5176 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5177substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5178register allocation.\n\
5179The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5180On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5181machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5182as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5183 bool, (rtx subst),
5184 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5185
14133a4d
KK
5186/* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5187 displacement addressing. */
5188DEFHOOK
5189(legitimize_address_displacement,
5190 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
5191legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
5192at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
5193The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5194This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
5195addressing.",
5196 bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
5197 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5198
38f8b050
JR
5199/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5200 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5201DEFHOOK
5202(expand_to_rtl_hook,
673c2f63
JM
5203 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5204to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5205For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5206for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5207registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5208usage.",
38f8b050
JR
5209 void, (void),
5210 hook_void_void)
5211
5212/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5213 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5214 but will be later. */
5215DEFHOOK
5216(instantiate_decls,
673c2f63
JM
5217 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5218that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
38f8b050
JR
5219 void, (void),
5220 hook_void_void)
5221
5222/* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5223 in peephole2. */
5224DEFHOOK
5225(hard_regno_scratch_ok,
673c2f63
JM
5226 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5227@var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5228\n\
5229One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5230is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5231\n\
5232The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5233 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5234 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5235
5236/* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5237 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5238DEFHOOK
5239(case_values_threshold,
673c2f63
JM
5240 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5241is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5242The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5243five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
38f8b050
JR
5244 unsigned int, (void),
5245 default_case_values_threshold)
5246
5247/* Retutn true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5248DEFHOOK
5249(frame_pointer_required,
673c2f63
JM
5250 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5251a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5252value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5253\n\
5254This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5255according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5256constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5257to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5258Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5259pointer.\n\
5260\n\
5261In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5262without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5263automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5264@code{TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5265them.\n\
5266\n\
5267In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5268register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5269fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5270\n\
5271Default return value is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5272 bool, (void),
5273 hook_bool_void_false)
5274
5275/* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5276 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5277DEFHOOK
5278(can_eliminate,
673c2f63
JM
5279 "This target hook should returns @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5280try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5281@var{to_reg}. This target hook need only be defined if @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS}\n\
5282is defined, and will usually be @code{true}, since most of the cases\n\
5283preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5284knows about.\n\
5285\n\
5286Default return value is @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5287 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5288 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5289
5efd84c5
NF
5290/* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5291 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5292 target. */
5293DEFHOOK
5294(conditional_register_usage,
673c2f63
JM
5295 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5296@code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5297@code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5298any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5299of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as Boolean vectors).\n\
5300@code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5301@code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5302called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5303@code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5304from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5305@code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5306@code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5307@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5308command options have been applied.\n\
5309\n\
5310@cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5311@cindex controlling register usage\n\
5312If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5313flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5314@code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
b48e9677
RS
5315registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5316@code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5317that shouldn't be used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
5318\n\
5319(However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5320of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5321controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5322these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5efd84c5
NF
5323 void, (void),
5324 hook_void_void)
5325
38f8b050
JR
5326/* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5327#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5328#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5329HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5330
5331/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5332DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5333(mode_for_suffix,
5334"Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5335 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
ef4bddc2 5336 machine_mode, (char c),
38f8b050
JR
5337 default_mode_for_suffix)
5338
5339HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5340
5341/* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5342#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5343#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5344HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5345
5346/* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5347DEFHOOK
5348(guard_type,
673c2f63
JM
5349 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5350These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5351default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
38f8b050
JR
5352 tree, (void),
5353 default_cxx_guard_type)
5354
5355/* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5356DEFHOOK
5357(guard_mask_bit,
673c2f63
JM
5358 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5359@code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5360@code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5361 bool, (void),
5362 hook_bool_void_false)
5363
5364/* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5365DEFHOOK
5366(get_cookie_size,
673c2f63
JM
5367 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5368whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5369known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5370@code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5371IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
38f8b050
JR
5372 tree, (tree type),
5373 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5374
5375/* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5376DEFHOOK
5377(cookie_has_size,
673c2f63
JM
5378 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5379array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5380 bool, (void),
5381 hook_bool_void_false)
5382
5383/* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5384 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5385DEFHOOK
5386(import_export_class,
673c2f63
JM
5387 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5388class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5389will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5390to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5391modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5392backend's targeted operating system.",
38f8b050
JR
5393 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5394
5395/* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5396DEFHOOK
5397(cdtor_returns_this,
673c2f63
JM
5398 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5399the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5400@code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5401 bool, (void),
5402 hook_bool_void_false)
5403
5404/* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5405 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5406 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5407DEFHOOK
5408(key_method_may_be_inline,
673c2f63
JM
5409 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5410which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5411table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5412Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5413the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
5414some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
5415method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5416 bool, (void),
5417 hook_bool_void_true)
5418
5419DEFHOOK
5420(determine_class_data_visibility,
5421"@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
5422 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
5423 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
5424 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
5425 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
5426 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
5427 void, (tree decl),
5428 hook_void_tree)
5429
5430/* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
5431 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
5432 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
5433 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
5434 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
5435DEFHOOK
5436(class_data_always_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5437 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
5438similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
5439external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
5440classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
5441unit will not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5442 bool, (void),
5443 hook_bool_void_true)
5444
5445/* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
5446 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
5447 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
5448DEFHOOK
5449(library_rtti_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5450 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
5451the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
5452be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5453 bool, (void),
5454 hook_bool_void_true)
5455
5456/* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
5457 destructors. */
5458DEFHOOK
5459(use_aeabi_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5460 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
5461should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
5462is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
38f8b050
JR
5463 bool, (void),
5464 hook_bool_void_false)
5465
5466/* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
5467 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
5468DEFHOOK
5469(use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5470 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
5471in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
5472destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
5473shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
5474unloaded. The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
5475 bool, (void),
5476 hook_bool_void_false)
5477
5478DEFHOOK
5479(adjust_class_at_definition,
5480"@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
5481 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
5482 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
5483 void, (tree type),
5484 hook_void_tree)
5485
5b880ea6
RO
5486DEFHOOK
5487(decl_mangling_context,
5488 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
5489 tree, (const_tree decl),
5490 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5491
38f8b050
JR
5492HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
5493
5494/* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
5495#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5496#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
5497HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
5498
5499/* Name of the address and common functions. */
5500DEFHOOKPOD
5501(get_address,
673c2f63
JM
5502 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
5503object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
5504emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5505 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
5506
5507DEFHOOKPOD
5508(register_common,
673c2f63
JM
5509 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
5510program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
5511initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
5512have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
5513registration function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5514 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
5515
5516/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5517DEFHOOKPOD
5518(var_section,
673c2f63
JM
5519 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
5520be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
5521any section.",
38f8b050
JR
5522 const char *, NULL)
5523
5524DEFHOOKPOD
5525(tmpl_section,
673c2f63
JM
5526 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
5527placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
5528section.",
38f8b050
JR
5529 const char *, NULL)
5530
5531/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5532DEFHOOKPOD
5533(var_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5534 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
5535The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5536 const char *, NULL)
5537
5538DEFHOOKPOD
5539(tmpl_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5540 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
5541default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5542 const char *, NULL)
5543
5544/* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
5545DEFHOOK
5546(var_fields,
673c2f63
JM
5547 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
5548object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
5549@var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
5550@code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
5551for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
38f8b050
JR
5552 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
5553 default_emutls_var_fields)
5554
5555/* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
5556DEFHOOK
5557(var_init,
673c2f63
JM
5558 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
5559TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
5560is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
5561initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
38f8b050
JR
5562 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
5563 default_emutls_var_init)
5564
5565/* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
5566 proxy variable. */
5567DEFHOOKPOD
5568(var_align_fixed,
673c2f63
JM
5569 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
5570fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
5571single objects. The default is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5572 bool, false)
5573
5574/* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
5575DEFHOOKPOD
5576(debug_form_tls_address,
673c2f63
JM
5577 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
5578may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
38f8b050
JR
5579 bool, false)
5580
5581HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
5582
5583#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5584#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
5585HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
5586
7aa7f2e3
SL
5587/* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
5588 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
5589 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
38f8b050
JR
5590DEFHOOK
5591(valid_attribute_p,
673c2f63
JM
5592 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
5593allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
5594These function-specific options may differ\n\
5595from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
5596@code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
5597\n\
5598The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
5599the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
5600@code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
38f8b050
JR
5601 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
5602 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
5603
5604/* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
5605DEFHOOK
5606(save,
673c2f63
JM
5607 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
5608in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
bf7b5747 5609options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
673c2f63 5610@xref{Option file format}.",
bf7b5747 5611 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
5612
5613/* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
5614 structure. */
5615DEFHOOK
5616(restore,
673c2f63
JM
5617 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
5618information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
bf7b5747
ST
5619function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
5620 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
38f8b050 5621
59913123
JJ
5622/* Function to update target-specific option information after being
5623 streamed in. */
5624DEFHOOK
5625(post_stream_in,
5626 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
5627@code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
5628LTO bytecode.",
5629 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5630
38f8b050
JR
5631/* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
5632 structure. */
5633DEFHOOK
5634(print,
673c2f63
JM
5635 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
5636information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
5637function-specific options.",
38f8b050
JR
5638 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5639
7aa7f2e3 5640/* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
38f8b050
JR
5641 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
5642 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
5643 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
56cb42ea 5644DEFHOOK
38f8b050 5645(pragma_parse,
673c2f63
JM
5646 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
5647sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
5648input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
5649@code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
38f8b050
JR
5650 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
5651 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
5652
5653/* Do option overrides for the target. */
5654DEFHOOK
5655(override,
673c2f63
JM
5656 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
5657a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
5658@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
5659once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
5660\n\
5661Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
5662@option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
5663\n\
5664If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
5665changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
5666@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
38f8b050 5667 void, (void),
c5387660 5668 hook_void_void)
38f8b050 5669
3649b9b7
ST
5670/* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
5671 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
5672 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
5673 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
5674DEFHOOK
5675(function_versions,
673c2f63
JM
5676 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
5677versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
5678versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
5679different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
5680different target machines.",
3649b9b7
ST
5681 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
5682 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
5683
38f8b050
JR
5684/* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
5685#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5686#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
5687DEFHOOK
5688(can_inline_p,
673c2f63
JM
5689 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
5690cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
5691default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
5692specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
38f8b050
JR
5693 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
5694 default_target_can_inline_p)
5695
63b0cb04
CB
5696DEFHOOK
5697(relayout_function,
5698"This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
5699 void, (tree fndecl),
5700 hook_void_tree)
5701
38f8b050
JR
5702HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
5703
5704/* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
5705 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
5706 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
5707DEFHOOK
5708(extra_live_on_entry,
673c2f63
JM
5709 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
5710function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
5711cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
5712registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
5713TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
5714FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
38f8b050
JR
5715 void, (bitmap regs),
5716 hook_void_bitmap)
5717
aaeaa9a9 5718/* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
73b3e61b
TV
5719 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
5720 definition. */
aaeaa9a9
RO
5721DEFHOOKPOD
5722(call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
73b3e61b
TV
5723 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
5724clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
5725That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
5726linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
5727modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
5728in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
5729The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
1e288103 5730is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
aaeaa9a9
RO
5731 bool,
5732 false)
5733
ee3d2ecd
JJ
5734/* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
5735DEFHOOK
5736(set_up_by_prologue,
5737 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
5738 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
5739 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
5740 NULL)
5741
d45eae79
SL
5742/* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
5743 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
5744 function attribute. */
5745DEFHOOK
5746(warn_func_return,
5747 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
5748 bool, (tree),
5749 hook_bool_tree_true)
5750
f0a0390e
RH
5751/* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
5752DEFHOOK
5753(debug_unwind_info,
673c2f63
JM
5754 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
5755unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
5756@code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
5757return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
5758\n\
5759A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
5760is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
5761\n\
5762A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
5763This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
f0a0390e
RH
5764 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
5765 default_debug_unwind_info)
5766
c354951b
AK
5767/* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
5768 defined at this time. */
5769DEFHOOK
5770(canonicalize_comparison,
673c2f63
JM
5771 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
5772convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
5773does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
5774comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
5775\n\
5776On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
5777@var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
5778are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
5779@var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
5780allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
5781in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
5782allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
5783\n\
5784GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
5785valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
5786@file{md} file.\n\
5787\n\
5788You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
5789comparison code or operands.",
c354951b
AK
5790 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
5791 default_canonicalize_comparison)
5792
57c5ab1b
RH
5793DEFHOOKPOD
5794(atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
5795 "This value should be set if the result written by\
5796 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
5797 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
5798 unsigned char, 1)
267bac10 5799
fceec4d3
AM
5800/* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
5801 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
5802 as needed. */
5803DEFHOOK
5804(atomic_align_for_mode,
5805"If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
5806 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
5807 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
ef4bddc2 5808 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
fceec4d3
AM
5809 hook_uint_mode_0)
5810
267bac10
JM
5811DEFHOOK
5812(atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
5813"ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
5814 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
5815 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
5816 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
5817 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
5818 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
5819 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
5820 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
5821 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
5822 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
5823 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
5824 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
5825 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
5826 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
5827 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
5828 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
5829 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
5830
38f8b050
JR
5831/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
5832
38f8b050
JR
5833/* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
5834 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
5835DEFHOOKPOD
5836(have_switchable_bss_sections,
673c2f63
JM
5837 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
5838section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
5839This is true on most ELF targets.",
38f8b050
JR
5840 bool, false)
5841
5842/* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
5843 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
5844DEFHOOKPOD
5845(have_ctors_dtors,
673c2f63
JM
5846 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
5847collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
5848It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
38f8b050
JR
5849 bool, false)
5850
5851/* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
5852DEFHOOKPOD
5853(have_tls,
673c2f63
JM
5854 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
5855The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5856 bool, false)
5857
5858/* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
5859DEFHOOKPOD
5860(have_srodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
5861 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
5862``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5863 bool, false)
5864
5865/* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
5866DEFHOOKPOD
5867(terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
673c2f63
JM
5868 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
5869end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
5870Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
5871true otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
5872 bool, true)
5873
5874/* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
5875DEFHOOKPOD
5876(asm_file_start_app_off,
673c2f63
JM
5877 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
5878printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
5879@option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
5880to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
5881definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
5882assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
5883whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
5884\n\
5885The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
5886verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
5887comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
38f8b050
JR
5888 bool, false)
5889
5890/* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
5891 at the beginning of assembly output. */
5892DEFHOOKPOD
5893(asm_file_start_file_directive,
673c2f63
JM
5894 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
5895for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
5896@code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
5897this to be done. The default is false.",
38f8b050 5898 bool, false)
38f8b050
JR
5899
5900/* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
5901 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
5902DEFHOOKPOD
5903(arm_eabi_unwinder,
673c2f63
JM
5904 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
5905based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
5906the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
5907running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5908 bool, false)
5909
9730bc27
TT
5910DEFHOOKPOD
5911(want_debug_pub_sections,
5912 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
5913 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
5914 in particular GDB does not use them.",
5915 bool, false)
5916
638c962f
JH
5917DEFHOOKPOD
5918(force_at_comp_dir,
5919 "True if the @code{DW_AT_comp_dir} attribute should be emitted for each \
5920 compilation unit. This attribute is required for the darwin linker \
5921 to emit debug information.",
5922 bool, false)
5923
2ba42841 5924DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 5925(delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
5926This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
5927bool, false)
5928
5929DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 5930(delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
5931This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
5932bool, false)
5933
a50fa76a
BS
5934DEFHOOKPOD
5935(no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
5936following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
5937targets.",
5938bool, false)
5939
38f8b050
JR
5940/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
5941
06b90602
CB
5942/* Functions related to mode switching. */
5943#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5944#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
5945HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
5946
5947DEFHOOK
5948(emit,
cbb1e3d9
CB
5949 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
5950 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
06b90602
CB
5951
5952DEFHOOK
5953(needed,
cbb1e3d9 5954 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 5955 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
5956
5957DEFHOOK
5958(after,
5959 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
ac44248e 5960 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
5961
5962DEFHOOK
5963(entry,
5964 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
5965 int, (int entity), NULL)
5966
5967DEFHOOK
5968(exit,
5969 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
5970 int, (int entity), NULL)
5971
5972DEFHOOK
5973(priority,
5974 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
5975 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
5976
5977HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
5978
4bccb39e
RS
5979#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5980#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
5981
5982#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
5983 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
5984#include "target-insns.def"
5985#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
5986
5987#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
5988 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
5989#include "target-insns.def"
5990#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
5991
8684d89d
RS
5992#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
5993 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
5994#include "target-insns.def"
5995#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
5996
38f8b050
JR
5997/* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
5998HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
06b90602 5999